WO2023160625A1 - 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座 - Google Patents

分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023160625A1
WO2023160625A1 PCT/CN2023/077944 CN2023077944W WO2023160625A1 WO 2023160625 A1 WO2023160625 A1 WO 2023160625A1 CN 2023077944 W CN2023077944 W CN 2023077944W WO 2023160625 A1 WO2023160625 A1 WO 2023160625A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
detection
card
seat
main body
sliding
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/077944
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄高祥
朱元宝
刘泽
赵志翔
Original Assignee
深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202220402035.8U external-priority patent/CN217466948U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202210177162.7A external-priority patent/CN116699155A/zh
Application filed by 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司
Publication of WO2023160625A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023160625A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N35/00Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N35/00Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
    • G01N35/02Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor using a plurality of sample containers moved by a conveyor system past one or more treatment or analysis stations
    • G01N35/04Details of the conveyor system

Definitions

  • the application relates to the technical field of molecular detection, in particular to a molecular diagnostic device and a detection card delivery seat for the molecular diagnostic device.
  • Molecular diagnostic technology refers to the diagnostic technology that uses nucleic acid or protein as a biomarker for clinical detection, which provides information and decision-making basis for the prediction, diagnosis, prevention, treatment and outcome of diseases.
  • test card delivery seat for molecular diagnostic equipment including:
  • a pressing plate provided with a first slide rail assembly, so that the pressing plate slides in the sliding direction of the first slide rail assembly
  • the consignment component is used to place the test card, and the consignment component includes:
  • the sliding frame has an abutting force between the sliding direction and the pressing plate, so that the sliding frame and the pressing plate can slide together on the sliding surface under the action of the abutting force. swipe up;
  • a card tray connected to the sliding frame the card tray is used to place the detection card, so that the detection card is located on the side of the pressing plate away from the sliding frame in the sliding direction, the The resisting plate is configured to move to one side of the detection card and move to a position where it abuts against the detection card when the sliding frame is forced to overcome the abutting force.
  • test card delivery seat for molecular diagnostic equipment including:
  • the consignment component is used to place the test card, and the consignment component includes:
  • the sliding frame is provided with a second sliding rail assembly, and the sliding direction of the second sliding rail assembly is consistent with the sliding direction of the first sliding rail assembly;
  • the card tray is slidably connected with the sliding frame, so as to slide to the position where the detection card is installed, and the detection card is located at the side of the pressing plate away from the sliding frame in the sliding direction of the second slide rail assembly.
  • the resisting plate is configured to move toward one side of the detection card and move to a position where it abuts against the detection card.
  • the present application also provides a molecular diagnostic device, comprising:
  • the frame is a frame structure
  • the consignment component is used to place the test card, and the consignment component includes:
  • a card tray which is slidably connected with the sliding frame, and the card tray is used to place the detection card, so that the detection card is located on the side of the pressing plate away from the sliding frame in the sliding direction
  • the resisting plate is configured to move to one side of the detection card and move to a position where it abuts against the detection card when the sliding frame is forced to overcome the abutting force.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of a molecular diagnostic device in an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 2 is an exploded exploded view of the molecular diagnostic device in Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 3 is the three-dimensional structure schematic diagram of frame in Fig. 1;
  • Figure 4 is an exploded exploded view of the drive assembly in Figure 3;
  • Fig. 5 is a connection relationship diagram between the frame main body and the screw assembly in Fig. 3;
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the second limit switch in Fig. 8.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of the explosion of the pressure plate in Fig. 2 of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 are structural schematic diagrams of different viewing angles of the first housing in FIG. 10 ;
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural view of the pressing part in Fig. 10 of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the first circuit board in Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic structural view of the locking member in Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 18 is a sectional view along the line XVII-XVII of the locking member in Fig. 17;
  • Figure 26 is a schematic structural view of the consignment in Figure 24;
  • Fig. 27 and Fig. 28 are respectively structural schematic diagrams of different viewing angles of the sliding seat in Fig. 26;
  • Fig. 33 is an exploded view of the detection card detection seat in Fig. 2;
  • Fig. 39 is a schematic structural view of the sample chamber assembly in Fig. 34;
  • Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of the sample chamber assembly along the line XXXIX-XXXIX in Figure 39;
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic structural view of the light generator in Fig. 33;
  • Figure 42 is a cross-sectional view of the first light generator in Figure 41;
  • Figure 43 is an exploded view of the light receiving assembly in Figure 33;
  • Fig. 44 is a structural diagram of the light receiving element in Fig. 33;
  • Fig. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of the sub-optical path assembly in Fig. 43;
  • Fig. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the sub-optical path assembly in Fig. 45;
  • Figure 47 is a schematic structural view of the first gasket in Figure 43;
  • Figure 48 is a schematic structural view of the second gasket in Figure 43;
  • Fig. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a detection card in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 51 is a cross-sectional view of the detection card along line L-L in Figure 50;
  • Fig. 52 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of the detection card in Fig. 50;
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic diagram of the process of using the detection card in FIG. 50 .
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a rack for molecular diagnostic equipment, including:
  • a first driving device installed on the frame main body, and used to drive the detection card delivery seat to slide on the first guide rail;
  • the first limit switch is installed on the frame main body, and the first limit switch is configured to be triggered when the detection card delivery seat places the detection card on the detection card detection seat, and the first limit switch In response to the first limit switch being triggered, the driving device stops driving the test card delivery seat to move toward the test card detection seat.
  • the first driving device includes:
  • At least one lead screw installed on the frame main body, for installing the detection card delivery seat
  • the reinforcing plate is fixed on two adjacent legs among the plurality of legs.
  • each said at least one lead screw comprises:
  • the main body of the screw is respectively rotatably connected with the top plate and the reinforcement plate, and is used for threaded connection with the detection card delivery seat;
  • the first rotating wheel is installed at the end of the lead screw body and is located on the side of the top plate away from the plurality of legs.
  • the first rotating wheel is in transmission connection with the driving assembly so that the driving The assembly drives the first rotating wheel to rotate.
  • a synchronous component installed on the top plate, and connected to the at least one lead screw in transmission, so that the at least one lead screw is synchronously driven;
  • the top plate is provided with mounting holes
  • the drive assembly further includes:
  • a mounting frame is installed in the mounting hole, and the synchronization component and the first driving member are mounted on the mounting frame.
  • the first driving member and the mounting plate are located on a side of the top plate close to the plurality of legs.
  • the synchronization component includes:
  • each said at least one transmission gear set comprises:
  • the second rotating wheel is arranged coaxially with the second gear and connected and fixed, and is used for transmission connection with one of the at least one lead screw.
  • the frame body is provided with a second limit switch
  • the detection card delivery seat is configured to extend toward one side of the second limit switch, and extend to an extended state where a detection card can be installed.
  • the second limit switch is configured to be triggered when the detection card delivery seat is in the extended state, so that the detection card delivery seat stops extending in response to the second limit switch being triggered.
  • the main body of the frame is provided with a code scanning device, and the code scanning device is used to scan the detection card on the detection card detection seat when the detection card delivery seat is in the extended state. Information flags are scanned.
  • the top plate is provided with a strip-shaped hole at a position opposite to the test card delivery seat, so that the test card delivery seat moves toward a side far away from the test card detection seat on the first guide rail.
  • the side slides and can slide into the strip-shaped hole, and the strip-shaped hole is extended to one side of the second limit switch, so that the detection card delivery seat is in the extending direction of the strip-shaped hole Extended and extendable to said extended state.
  • the frame body further includes a circuit mounting plate for mounting a control circuit board
  • the plurality of legs include first and second legs
  • the circuit mounting plate includes:
  • the main body of the mounting board is respectively provided with first surrounding boards on both side edges of the first and second legs, and the first surrounding boards are bent toward the side away from the control circuit board. folded so as to cover the gap between the main body of the installation board and the first and second legs.
  • the mounting plate main body is provided with a second surrounding plate near the edge of the top plate, and the second surrounding plate is bent from the edge of the mounting plate main body to a side away from the control circuit board set up.
  • it also includes:
  • the fixing base is installed on the base, and is used for installing the support base, so that the detection card delivery base places the detection card on the support base to be detected by the detection assembly.
  • the base includes a base main body, and a fixing groove is provided on a side of the base main body where the fixing seat is provided to accommodate the fixing seat.
  • a supporting part is provided on the base, and the supporting part is used for installing the supporting base.
  • the mount includes:
  • the first sub-limit switch is installed on the frame main body, and the first sub-limit switch is configured to be triggered when the detection card delivery seat places the detection card on the detection card detection seat, so The first driving device stops driving the detection card delivery seat to move toward the detection card detection seat in response to the first sub-limit switch being triggered;
  • the main body of the frame is a frame structure, the main body of the frame is used to install the detection card detection seat, the main body of the frame is used to install the detection card delivery seat above the detection card detection seat, and the detection card detection seat is used for Carrying the detection card, the main body of the frame is provided with a first guide rail, so that the detection card delivery seat slides on the first guide rail and slides to a position where the detection card is placed on the detection card detection seat;
  • a code scanning device is installed on the main body of the frame and is used to scan the information identification of the test card on the test card delivery seat.
  • the detection card delivery seat is installed on the frame main body and is located above the detection card detection seat, and is slidably connected with the frame main body.
  • the detection card delivery seat is configured to slide in the sliding direction and can slide to Place the detection card on the detection seat of the detection card;
  • a first driving device installed on the frame main body, and used to drive the detection card delivery seat to slide in the sliding direction;
  • a magnetic force connecting piece is provided inside the main body of the card tray to connect with the pressing piece by magnetic force.
  • the main body of the card holder is provided with a positioning hole for positioning the position where the main body of the card holder rotates around the rotating shaft.
  • the main body of the card holder is used to surround a plurality of detection cards around the rotating shaft, so as to rotate around the rotating shaft to perform centrifugal processing on the detection cards.
  • the detection card is provided with a sample chamber and a detection chamber, and the main body of the card holder is provided with a housing hole, so that the sample chamber is placed in the housing hole for heating;
  • the detection card detection seat includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is the main body of the support seat
  • the main body of the support base is provided with an accommodation hole at the position of the assembly platform, and the detection cavity assembly is installed in the accommodation Inside the nanopore.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the frame is a frame structure
  • the detection card detection seat is arranged on the frame and is used to place the detection card.
  • the detection card is provided with a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber located on the same side, and the detection card detection seat is used to carry out the detection of the detection chamber. detection;
  • the card tray includes:
  • a plurality of recessed parts are arranged on the same side of the main body of the card holder and are surrounded by the rotating shaft.
  • Each of the plurality of recessed parts is extended to a side away from the rotating shaft and toward the The edge is extended, each of the plurality of recesses is used to place the detection card, so that the detection cavity is located outside the card holder body at the edge of the card holder body, and each of the plurality of recesses
  • An accommodating hole penetrating the main body of the card tray is arranged inside the part, so that the sample adding chamber is placed in the accommodating hole.
  • it also includes:
  • the pressing part is configured to engage with the main body of the card tray on the side of the card tray where the plurality of recessed parts are provided, so as to fix the detection card.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the card tray is slidably connected with the sliding frame, the card tray is configured to be slidable to the outside of the casing relative to the sliding frame, and is configured to be relatively opposite to the casing together with the sliding frame
  • the casing slides, and the card holder is used to carry the detection card and is used for centrifuging the detection card in the casing.
  • the first slide rail assembly is arranged on the fixing frame and is slidably connected with the casing;
  • the first guide rail is arranged on the fixed frame, the card bracket is slidably connected with the first guide rail, so as to slide in the extending direction of the first guide rail, and the first slide rail assembly is relatively to the machine
  • the sliding direction of the shell is different from the sliding direction of the card holder relative to the first guide rail.
  • the sliding direction of the first sliding rail assembly relative to the casing is perpendicular to the sliding direction of the card tray relative to the first guide rail.
  • the housing includes:
  • the frame main body is provided with a second guide rail
  • the first slide rail assembly is slidably connected with the second guide rail so as to slide in the extending direction of the second guide rail.
  • the card tray is installed on a sliding seat, and the sliding seat is slidably connected with the first guide rail, and a first driving member is arranged on the sliding seat, and the first driving member is connected to the first guide rail.
  • the card tray is connected by transmission to drive the tray for centrifugal processing.
  • the top plate is provided with a strip-shaped through hole, and the sliding frame is configured to slide relative to the casing to a position where the first driving member is placed in the strip-shaped through hole, and the first driving member is configured to sliding on the sliding seat along the first guide rail to slide in the strip-shaped through hole;
  • a plurality of legs are installed on one side of the top board for supporting the top board.
  • the fixed frame is provided with a positioning light generator
  • the main body of the card holder is provided with a positioning hole, so that the light emitted by the positioning light generator passes through the positioning hole to position the card holder. The position where the main body rotates around the axis of rotation.
  • the consignment component is slidably connected with the casing, and is used to place the detection card for centrifuging the detection card, and the consignment component is configured to extend from the inside of the casing to the outside of the casing to place the
  • the detection card is configured to slide relative to the casing when inside the casing;
  • the first slide rail part is installed on the first slide rail installation part.
  • the fixing frame surrounds the periphery of the sliding seat.
  • the pressing plate is installed on the frame, is slidably connected with the frame, and is in transmission connection with the first driving device, and has an abutting force with the pressing plate in the sliding direction,
  • the resisting plate and the sliding frame slide together relative to the frame, and the resisting plate is located on a side of the main body of the card holder where the plurality of raised ribs are disposed.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • a card tray is slidably connected with the sliding frame to slide between the third position and the fourth position, and the card tray is used to carry the detection card;
  • the support base further includes:
  • the elastic member is a spring
  • a socket post is arranged on the support plate
  • the elastic member is sleeved on the socket post.
  • the mounting seat of the sample loading chamber includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a positioning member in the placement groove to locate the position of the card tray.
  • the positioning member is a positioning groove or a positioning block for positioning with the card holder, or the positioning member is a magnet or an electromagnet for positioning with the magnetic force connection of the card holder .
  • the assembling platform is provided with a receiving hole, and the assembling platform is installed with a light detecting member in the receiving hole.
  • the clamping piece is arranged on the side of the detection seat away from the detection cavity, and is installed on the main body of the support seat to fix the detection seat.
  • the detection seat includes:
  • the main body of the detection base is provided with a receiving fiber channel, the receiving fiber channel communicates with the detection groove, and the receiving fiber is installed in the receiving fiber channel.
  • a heating device is arranged in the detection seat to heat the detection chamber.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the support base is used to place the detection card, and the support base includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a fastening hole passing through the main body of the support seat, the detection card is provided with a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber, and the main body of the support seat is used to install the detection chamber; and
  • the mounting seat of the sample chamber is installed in the fastening hole to slide in the extending direction of the fastening hole, and the mounting seat of the sample chamber is used for mounting the detection chamber on the main body of the support seat.
  • the sample loading chamber is installed on one side to heat the detection card;
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the main body of the support seat is installed on the frame, and is provided with a fastening hole passing through the main body of the support seat.
  • the detection card is provided with a sample adding chamber and a detection chamber, and the main body of the support seat is used to install the detection chamber ;
  • An elastic member abuts against the main body of the support seat at one end and abuts against the frame at the other end, and the mounting seat of the sample chamber responds to the force exerted by the elastic member on the mounting seat of the sample chamber.
  • the extension direction of the fastening hole abuts against the main body of the support seat, and the mounting seat of the sample chamber responds to the force exerted by the detection card on the main body of the support seat and overcomes the force of the elastic member. sliding in the extending direction of the fastening hole;
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a support base for molecular diagnostic equipment, the support base includes:
  • the detection seat is installed on the main body of the support seat, used for installing the detection cavity, and used for heating the detection cavity;
  • An excitation optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to emit excitation light to the detection cavity;
  • a receiving optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to receive the fluorescence formed by the excitation light irradiating the detection cavity, so as to complete the detection of the detection cavity.
  • the main body of the support base is provided with an assembly platform on the side supporting the detection card, the assembly platform is used to install the detection cavity, and the detection base is installed on the assembly platform.
  • the assembly platform is provided with a receiving hole, and the detection seat is installed in the receiving hole.
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a recessed portion on a side away from the assembly platform, the recessed portion communicates with the receiving hole, and the detection seat is located in the recessed portion.
  • the detection seat includes:
  • the main body of the detection seat is placed in the recessed part, and is provided with an extension part placed in the receiving hole, and the extension part is provided with a detection groove to accommodate the detection cavity.
  • the surface of the extension part on the side of the support seat body on which the assembly platform is disposed is flush with the surface of the assembly platform.
  • the detection card is provided with an isolation chamber that communicates with the sample loading chamber and the detection chamber, and the extension part is provided with an isolation groove near the detection groove for accommodating the isolation chamber .
  • the main body of the detection base is provided with an excitation fiber channel, the excitation fiber channel communicates with the detection groove, and the excitation fiber is installed in the excitation fiber channel.
  • the extension direction of the excitation fiber channel and the extension direction of the detection groove form an included angle, and the included angle may be 0-75°.
  • the main body of the detection base is provided with a receiving fiber channel, the receiving fiber channel communicates with the detection groove, and the receiving fiber is installed in the receiving fiber channel.
  • the extending direction of the receiving optical fiber channel forms an included angle with the extending direction of the detecting groove, and the included angle may be 0-75°.
  • the extension direction of the excitation fiber channel and the extension direction of the detection groove form an included angle
  • the degree of the included angle may be 45°
  • the extending direction forms an included angle
  • the degree of the included angle may be 75°.
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with mounting platforms on both sides of the recessed part, and the support seat further includes:
  • the clamping piece is arranged on the side of the detection base away from the detection cavity, and is installed on the installation platform to fix the detection base.
  • the clamping piece includes a clamping body, and the clamping body is provided with a clamping hole, and the excitation optical fiber is placed in the clamping hole, so as to clamp the excitation optical fiber in the clamping hole.
  • the excitation fiber channel described above.
  • the excitation fiber comprises:
  • the excitation fiber body is placed in the clamping hole;
  • the excitation fiber connector is connected with the excitation fiber body and arranged in the excitation fiber channel, and the clamping body is used for clamping the excitation fiber connector in the excitation fiber channel.
  • a heating device is arranged in the detection seat to heat the detection chamber.
  • the support base further includes:
  • the sample loading chamber assembly is installed on the main body of the supporting seat and is used for installing the sample loading chamber, and a plurality of the detection seats are arranged around the sample loading chamber assembly.
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a fastening hole
  • the sample loading chamber assembly includes:
  • the sample chamber installation seat is arranged in the fastening hole, and the sample chamber installation seat is used to install the sample chamber on the side where the detection chamber is installed on the main body of the support seat.
  • the main body of the support base is provided with a placement groove on the side where the detection card is disposed to accommodate a card holder for shipping the detection card, and the fastening hole is located in the placement groove.
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a positioning member in the placement groove to locate the position of the card tray.
  • the positioning member is a positioning groove or a positioning block for positioning with the card holder, or the positioning member is a magnet or an electromagnet for positioning with the magnetic force connection of the card holder .
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a positioning hole, so as to coincide with the positioning hole of the card holder to locate the position of the detection card.
  • the mounting seat of the sample loading chamber includes:
  • the base body is installed, and a sample chamber placement groove is provided on the side of the support base body where the detection card is installed to accommodate the detection chamber.
  • a heating element is arranged inside the mounting base body to heat the sample loading chamber.
  • the detection card is provided with a flow channel to communicate with the sample injection chamber and the detection chamber
  • the mounting seat body is provided with an abutment portion on one side edge, and the abutment portion is used for Contacting and heating the part where the flow channel is set on the detection card.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the support base is used to support the detection card, the detection card is provided with a sample loading cavity and a detection cavity, and the support base includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is used to place the detection card
  • the detection seat is installed on the main body of the support seat, used for installing the detection cavity, and used for heating the detection cavity;
  • An excitation optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to emit excitation light to the detection cavity;
  • a receiving optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to receive the fluorescence formed by the excitation light irradiating the detection cavity, so as to complete the detection of the detection cavity;
  • the pressure plate is used to heat the detection card, and the pressure plate includes:
  • the main body of the pressing plate is placed on the side of the main body of the support seat where the test card is placed, and is used to sandwich the test card with the main body of the support seat;
  • the heating element is installed on the main body of the pressure plate, and is used to abut against the sample loading chamber or the detection chamber for heating.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the support base is used to place the test card, the test card is provided with a sample chamber and a detection cavity, and the support base is installed on the frame;
  • the support base includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is used to place the detection card
  • the detection seat is installed on the main body of the support seat, used for installing the detection cavity, and used for heating the detection cavity;
  • An excitation optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to emit excitation light to the detection cavity;
  • a receiving optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to receive the fluorescence formed by the excitation light irradiating the detection cavity, so as to complete the detection of the detection cavity;
  • the consignment component is arranged on the side where the detection card is installed on the support base, and is slidably connected with the frame to slide to one side of the support base.
  • the consignment component is provided with a card tray, and the card tray For consignment of the detection card, the detection seat is configured to install the detection cavity when the card tray abuts against the main body of the support seat.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a pressure plate for molecular diagnostic equipment, including:
  • the main body of the pressing plate is provided with a slide rail assembly, the main body of the pressing plate is configured to slide toward the side of the detection card in the sliding direction of the sliding rail assembly, and the detection card is provided with a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber;
  • the first heating element is installed in the main body of the pressure plate, and the first heating element is configured to protrude from the main body of the pressure plate to abut against the detection chamber for heating;
  • an elastic member arranged in the main body of the pressing plate, for exerting force on the first heating member so that the first heating member protrudes from the main body of the pressing plate, and the first heating member responds
  • the force is overcome to shrink into the main body of the resisting plate.
  • the pressure plate body includes:
  • the first housing is provided with a locking hole, and the first heating element is arranged in the locking hole so as to slide in the extending direction of the locking hole;
  • the second housing is located on one side of the first housing in the sliding direction and is connected and fixed to the first housing.
  • One end of the elastic member is in contact with the first heating member, and the other end is in contact with the first heating member. abut against the second housing.
  • the second housing is provided with a fixing post, and the elastic member is sleeved on the fixing post.
  • the first housing is provided with a raised edge on the edge of the engaging hole away from the second housing, so as to engage with the first heating element and limit the position.
  • the first heating element includes:
  • the heating body is provided with a heating device inside to heat the detection chamber, and the heating body is clamped and limited by the convex edge.
  • a groove is provided on a side of the heating body facing the second housing, and one end of the elastic member is placed in the groove.
  • a locking edge is provided on the edge of the heating body facing one side of the second housing, so as to be locked and limited by the convex edge.
  • the multiple clamping holes correspond to the multiple first heating elements one by one, and the multiple clamping holes Set up around the hole circle.
  • the pressure plate further includes:
  • the second heating element is arranged on the side of the first casing away from the second casing, and is used to contact and heat the sample loading chamber, and a plurality of the first heating elements are surrounded by the first heating element. Two heating elements around.
  • the pressure plate further includes:
  • a pressing part which is detachably installed on the side of the first housing away from the second housing, and a plurality of the first heating parts are surrounded by the pressing part, and the pressing part is configured as Detach from the first housing and press the detection card, so as to cooperate with the card holder to perform centrifugation on the detection card.
  • the pressing member includes:
  • the main body of the pressing part is provided with a relief part, so that the sample injection chamber is placed in the relief part, and the second heating part is configured to move to the side of the pressing part when the main body of the pressing plate moves And contact with the sample loading cavity placed in the abdication part for heating.
  • the side of the first housing away from the second housing is provided with an electromagnetic element, the electromagnetic element is used to generate magnetic force when energized, and the electromagnetic element is magnetically connected to the pressing element. force connection.
  • the pressing plate is provided with a locking member, and the locking member is used for locking and fixing or unlocking and separating the pressing member.
  • a receiving groove is provided on the side of the first housing facing the second housing, and a plurality of the locking holes are arranged around the receiving groove, and the pressing plate further includes :
  • the circuit board is arranged in the accommodating groove and is electrically connected with the first heating element.
  • the first housing is provided with a communication port between the clamping hole and the receiving groove, and the communicating port is connected to the clamping hole and the receiving groove, so as to arrange circuit wiring .
  • a through hole is provided at a portion of the second housing opposite to the receiving groove.
  • the first shell and the second shell are provided with a notch, and the notch of the first shell is opposite to the notch of the second shell, so as to cooperate with the consignment component in the
  • the transport detection card is slid in the opening of the first casing and the opening of the second casing.
  • the pressure plate further includes:
  • the first and second pressing parts are arranged symmetrically, and are detachably installed on the side of the first casing away from the second casing, and a plurality of the first heating elements are arranged around the first and second casings.
  • the first and second pressing parts are configured to be installed on the first shell while being located in the first shell.
  • the two sides of the notch of the body, so that the card support of the shipping component slides in the gap, the first and second pressing members are configured to separate from the first housing and press the detection card, The detection card is centrifuged to cooperate with the card holder.
  • each of the first and second pressing members is provided with a relief portion, so that the sample loading chamber is placed in the relief portion, and the second heating element is configured to The main body of the resisting plate moves to the side of the first and second pressing members to contact and heat the sample chamber placed in the relief portion.
  • the side of the second housing away from the first housing is provided with a hanging ear, so as to be connected with the shipping assembly for transporting the detection card.
  • the first housing is provided with a threaded portion, and the threaded portion is used for threaded connection with the lead screw of the driving device, so that the sliding of the main body of the pressure plate on the slide rail assembly Swipe in the direction.
  • the slide rail assembly is disposed on the first casing, the slide rail assembly includes a plurality of slide rails, and the plurality of slide rails surround the first casing.
  • the main body of the pressing plate is provided with a positioning hole, so as to coincide with the positioning hole on the card holder to locate the position where the card holder rotates around the rotating shaft.
  • a limiting plate is provided on the main body of the pressing plate, and the limiting plate is used to trigger a limit switch to locate the sliding position of the main body of the pressing plate in the sliding direction.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the support base is used to support the detection card, the detection card is provided with a sample loading cavity and a detection cavity, and the support base includes:
  • the main body of the support seat is used to support the detection card, and the main body of the support seat is used to install the detection cavity;
  • a sample chamber assembly installed on the main body of the support seat, for installing and heating the sample chamber
  • the pressure plate is used to heat the detection cavity, and the pressure plate includes:
  • the main body of the pressing plate is configured to slide to one side of the main body of the support seat to abut against the detection card on the main body of the support seat;
  • the first heating element is installed in the main body of the pressure plate, and the first heating element is configured to protrude from the main body of the pressure plate to abut against the detection chamber for heating;
  • an elastic member arranged in the main body of the pressing plate, for exerting force on the first heating member so that the first heating member protrudes from the main body of the pressing plate, and the first heating member responds
  • the force is overcome to shrink into the main body of the resisting plate.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • a support seat installed on the frame, for carrying a detection card to detect the detection card, and the detection card is provided with a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber;
  • the pressure plate is installed on the frame, and the pressure plate includes:
  • the main body of the pressing plate is slidably connected with the frame so as to slide to one side of the supporting seat, and the main body of the pressing plate is used to abut against the detection card on the supporting seat;
  • the first heating element is installed in the main body of the pressure plate, and the first heating element is configured to protrude from the main body of the pressure plate to abut against the detection chamber for heating;
  • an elastic member arranged in the main body of the pressing plate, for exerting force on the first heating member so that the first heating member protrudes from the main body of the pressing plate, and the first heating member responds
  • the force is overcome to shrink into the main body of the resisting plate.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a molecular diagnostic device, including:
  • the detection card detection seat is used to place the detection card.
  • the detection card includes a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber, and the detection card detection seat is used to detect the detection chamber;
  • the pressure plate is used to sandwich the detection card with the detection card detection seat
  • the first heating element is arranged on the detection seat of the detection card or the pressure plate, and is used to heat the detection chamber;
  • the second heating element is arranged on the detection card detection seat or the pressure plate, and is used to heat the sample loading chamber;
  • An excitation optical fiber one end of which is arranged on the detection seat, is used to emit excitation light to the detection cavity;
  • the assembly platform is provided with a receiving hole
  • the main body of the support seat is provided with a recess on a side away from the assembly station, and the recess communicates with the receiving hole, and the detection seat is located at the inside the recessed portion.
  • the pressure plate is provided with first and second heating elements to heat the detection card, and the detection card includes a sample loading chamber and a detection chamber;
  • the main body of the pressing plate is used to interpose the detection card with the detection seat of the detection card, and an electromagnetic part is provided on the side where the detection card is interposed, and the electromagnetic part is used to generate magnetic force when electrified;
  • the second heating element is arranged on the detection card detection seat or the main body of the pressure plate, and is used to heat the sample loading chamber;
  • trim card for molecular diagnostic equipment including:
  • the main body is provided with a detection cavity, and the detection cavity is used to be installed on the detection seat of the molecular diagnostic equipment;
  • a fluorescent indicator arranged in the detection cavity, is used to excite fluorescence under the irradiation of the light generator of the molecular diagnostic device.
  • the molecular diagnostic device 100 may also include input devices such as a display, a keyboard, and a code scanning device 14 (shown in FIG. 3 ) that may be electrically connected to the control circuit board 40, so as to provide information to the molecular diagnostic device through the input device.
  • the device 100 for example, the control circuit board 40 inputs control commands to realize the control of the molecular diagnostic device 100 on the test card delivery seat 20 and/or the test card detection seat 30 through the control circuit board 40 .
  • the frame body 11 may include a top board 111 , legs 112 mounted on the top board 111 and connected to the bottom of the top board 111 , and reinforcement boards 113 disposed at the middle and/or bottom of the legs 112 .
  • the legs 112 are used to support the top board 111 .
  • the reinforcing plate 113 is used to strengthen the stability of the lower part of the leg 112 .
  • the casing can be fixed on the outer surface of the frame body 11 to improve the appearance of the molecular diagnostic device 100 .
  • the rack body 11 may be part of an enclosure.
  • orientations such as “upper”, “lower”, “front”, “rear”, “left”, “right”, “top”, “bottom”, “upper” and “lower” may be used for description. It should be understood that the terms “central”, “longitudinal”, “transverse”, “length”, “width”, “thickness”, “upper”, “lower”, “front”, “rear”, “left”, “right”, “vertical” in this document.
  • the orientation or positional relationship indicated by “horizontal”, “top”, “bottom”, “inner”, “outer”, “clockwise”, “counterclockwise”, “axial”, “radial” and “circumferential” are based on the orientation shown in the drawings Or positional relationship is only for the convenience of describing the present application and simplifying the description, but does not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore should not be construed as a limitation of the present application.
  • the strip-shaped hole 1111 can cooperate with the test card delivery seat 20, so that the test card delivery seat 20 can extend into the strip-shaped hole 1111, and the test card delivery seat 20 can also slide in the strip-shaped hole 1111.
  • the extending direction of the strip-shaped hole 1111 is consistent with the sliding direction of the test card delivery base 20 relative to the rack 10 such as the rack main body 11 .
  • the strip-shaped hole 1111 can also be omitted.
  • the top plate 111 may be provided with a strip-shaped hole 1111 , or a hole or groove of other shapes similar to the strip-shaped hole 1111 may be provided.
  • the top plate 111 can define an installation hole 1112 for installing the first driving device 12 .
  • the installation holes 1112 can be located in the extension direction of the strip holes 1111, so as to plan the installation space on the rack 10 such as the rack body 11 reasonably, so as to reduce the volume of the molecular diagnostic equipment 100, so that the molecular diagnostic
  • the overall structure of the device 100 is compact.
  • the installation hole 1112 can communicate with the strip hole 1111 .
  • mounting holes 1112 may be omitted.
  • the top board 111 may be provided with a connecting portion 1113 , so that the top board 111 is connected and fixed with the leg 112 through the connecting portion 1113 , and the top board 111 is installed with the first driving device 12 through the connecting portion 1113 .
  • the connecting part 1113 can be a through hole that runs through the top plate 111, and the connecting structure such as a screw connection structure such as a bolt or a screw, a plug-in structure, a buckle structure and the like can cooperate with the connecting part 1113 such as a through hole to realize the top plate 111.
  • the connection to the leg 112 and/or to the first drive device 12 is fixed.
  • the connecting portion 1113 such as a through hole, may be disposed on opposite sides of the bar-shaped hole 1111 and the installation hole 1112 , so that the top plate 111 installs the first driving device 12 through the connecting portion 1113 .
  • the connection part 1113 may also be other structures such as plug-in structures, bearings, screw-connection structures, and the like.
  • the connecting portion 1113 can also be omitted.
  • first leg in other embodiments is called “second leg”
  • second leg in other embodiments is called “first leg”.
  • the positions where the first leg 1121 , the second leg 1122 , the third leg 1123 and the fourth leg 1124 are respectively connected and fixed to the top plate 111 may be sequentially connected to form a quadrilateral such as a rectangle.
  • the first leg 1121 and the second leg 1122 are located on the same side of the strip hole 1111 .
  • the third leg 1123 and the fourth leg 1124 are located on the same side of the strip hole 1111 .
  • the positions where the first leg 1121 and the fourth leg 1124 are respectively connected and fixed to the top plate 111 are located on two sides perpendicular to the extending direction of the strip hole 1111 .
  • Each leg 112 such as the first leg 1121 may include a leg body 1125 and a first guide rail 1126 disposed on the leg body 1125 .
  • the top of the leg main body 1125 can be connected and fixed between the top plate 111 and the leg 112 by cooperating with the connection part 1113 such as a through hole through a screw connection structure such as a bolt, a screw, a plug structure, and a buckle structure.
  • the top of the leg main body 1125 may also be connected and fixed to the top plate 111 by means of welding, bonding or the like.
  • the first guide rail 1126 can be used to install the test card delivery base 20 , so that the test card delivery base 20 slides on the first guide rail 1126 and slides in the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 is perpendicular to the extending direction of the bar-shaped hole 1111 .
  • the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 may be a vertical direction. It can be understood that, in the case of a special structure, the extension direction of the first guide rail 1126 may have an included angle with the vertical direction, and the included angle may be an acute angle.
  • the first guide rail 1126 of the first leg 1121 can be disposed on a side of the leg body 1125 of the first leg 1121 facing the fourth leg 1124 .
  • the first guide rail 1126 of the second leg 1122 is disposed on a side of the leg body 1125 of the second leg 1122 facing the third leg 1123 .
  • the first guide rail 1126 of the third leg 1123 is disposed on a side of the leg body 1125 of the third leg 1123 facing the second leg 1122 .
  • the first guide rail 1126 of the fourth leg 1124 is disposed on a side of the leg body 1125 of the fourth leg 1124 facing the first leg 1121 .
  • the reinforcing plate 113 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like. One end of the reinforcing plate 113 can be connected to the lower part of one leg 112 , and the other end can be connected to the lower part of the other leg 112 to achieve relative stability between the two legs 112 and further enhance the stability of the leg 112 .
  • the connection method between the reinforcing plate 113 and one leg 112 can be screw connection, plug-in structure, buckle, welding, bonding, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • the arrangement of the reinforcement plate 113 is not limited to being connected to the lower part of a leg 112, but also can be one end of the reinforcement plate 113 and other parts such as the top or middle part of the leg 112. The connection is fixed.
  • the number of reinforcing plates 113 may be one or more. In some embodiments, the number of reinforcing plates 113 can also be one of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.... In some embodiments, the reinforcing plate 113 can also be omitted.
  • first reinforcement board names such as “first reinforcement board”, “second reinforcement board”, “third reinforcement board”, “fourth reinforcement board” and “reinforcement board” can be interchanged in some embodiments.
  • first reinforcement board in other embodiments is called “second reinforcement board”
  • second reinforcement board in other embodiments is called “first reinforcement board”.
  • the reinforcement board 113 such as the second reinforcement board 1132 can cooperate with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the first driving device 12 may include a driving assembly 121 mounted on the frame body 11 such as the mounting hole 1112 and a screw assembly 122 mounted on the frame body 11 and connected to the driving assembly 121 .
  • the driving assembly 121 may be indirectly connected to the screw assembly 122 through a conveyor belt, or may be directly connected to the screw assembly 122 so as to be driven by the screw assembly 122 .
  • the screw rod assembly 122 is connected with the test card delivery base 20 . Driven by the drive assembly 121 , the screw assembly 122 can push the test card delivery base 20 to slide on the frame body 11 such as the first guide rail 1126 , so as to achieve the effect of the test card delivery base 20 consigning the test cards.
  • the synchronous assembly 1213 is connected with the first driving member 1212 and is used for transmission driven by the first driving member 1212 .
  • the synchronous assembly 1213 can be indirectly connected to the screw assembly 122 through a conveyor belt, and can also be directly connected to the screw assembly 122 to drive the screw assembly 122 for transmission.
  • the mounting frame 1211 may include a mounting plate 1214 on one side for mounting the first driver 1212 and a buckling plate 1215 buckled with the mounting plate 1214 on the other side of the mounting plate 1214 .
  • the synchronization assembly 1213 is installed between the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate 1215 .
  • the mounting plate 1214 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the mounting plate 1214 can be in the form of a plate, and of course it can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mounting plate 1214 can be placed in the mounting hole 1112 . In some embodiments, the mounting plate 1214 can also be placed outside the mounting hole 1112 .
  • the mounting plate 1214 can be integrated with the top plate 111 . In one embodiment, the mounting plate 1214 can be omitted, and the mounting hole 1112 is omitted from the top plate 111 to replace the mounting plate 1214 .
  • the crimping plate 1215 may include a crimping plate main body 1215 a disposed opposite to the mounting plate 1214 and a spacer 1215 b disposed between the crimping plate main body 1215 a and the mounting plate 1214 .
  • the crimping plate main body 1215 a may be located on a side of the mounting plate 1214 away from the first driving member 1212 .
  • the spacer 1215b is used to control the gap between the crimp plate body 1215a and the mounting plate 1214 .
  • the crimping plate main body 1215a can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the crimping plate main body 1215a can be in a plate-like structure, and of course it can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the crimping plate main body 1215 a can be placed outside the installation hole 1112 and above the top plate 111 .
  • the spacer 1215b is respectively connected and fixed with the crimping plate main body 1215a and the mounting plate 1214 to form a space where the synchronization component 1213 can be installed at the gap between the crimping plate main body 1215a and the mounting plate 1214 .
  • the spacer 1215b can be a spacer plate.
  • the spacer 1215b such as a spacer plate can be respectively connected and fixed with the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate main body 1215a by screwing, inserting, buckling, bonding, welding and other connection methods.
  • the spacer 1215b may also be a structure such as a bolt or a screw.
  • the spacer 1215b can be integrated with the crimping plate main body 1215a. In an embodiment, the spacer 1215b can also be integrated with the mounting plate 1214 . In one embodiment, the spacer 1215b is integrated with the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate main body 1215a.
  • the spacer 1215 b and the mounting plate 1214 are connected and fixed by means of screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, and bonding.
  • the mounting plate 1214 is connected and fixed to the top plate 111 by means of screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and the like.
  • the spacer 1215b can be connected to the mounting plate 1214 through the mounting hole 1112 by screwing, plugging, buckling, welding, bonding, etc. fixed.
  • the first driver 1212 can be a motor.
  • the output shaft of the motor can pass through the mounting plate 1214 and extend between the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate main body 1215a.
  • the output shaft of the motor may also pass through the crimping plate main body 1215a, and of course, may not pass through the crimping plate main body 1215a but be rotatably connected to the crimping plate main body 1215a.
  • the first driving member 1212 may also be other power sources capable of driving the synchronous component 1213 to move, which will not be repeated here.
  • the synchronization assembly 1213 may include a first gear 1216 installed on the output shaft of the first driving member 1212 , and a first transmission gear set 1217 and a second transmission gear set 1218 meshing with the first gear 1216 respectively.
  • the first gear 1216 rotates when the first driving member 1212 is turned on.
  • the first transmission gear set 1217 and the second transmission gear set 1218 are respectively rotatably connected to the installation frame 1211 .
  • the first transmission gear set 1217 and the second transmission gear set 1218 can rotate when the first gear 1216 Rotate synchronously, and one of them rotates clockwise, and the other rotates counterclockwise.
  • the rotation shaft of the first transmission gear set 1217 is arranged parallel to the output shaft of the first driving member 1212 such as a motor.
  • the rotation shafts of the first transmission gear set 1217 are respectively rotatably connected with the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate main body 1215a.
  • the rotation shaft of the second transmission gear set 1218 is arranged parallel to the output shaft of the first driving member 1212 such as a motor.
  • the rotation shafts of the second transmission gear set 1218 are respectively rotatably connected with the mounting plate 1214 and the crimping plate main body 1215a.
  • the second transmission gear set 1218 may include a third gear 1218a and a second rotating wheel 1218b arranged coaxially. Wherein, the third gear 1218a can mesh with the first gear 1216 .
  • the second rotating wheel 1218b can be connected to the screw assembly 122 through a conveyor belt, or can be directly connected to the screw assembly 122 so as to be driven by the screw assembly 122 .
  • first gear in other embodiments is referred to as a “second gear”
  • second gear in other embodiments is referred to as a “first gear”.
  • FIG. 5 is a connection relationship diagram between the frame body 11 and the screw assembly 122 in FIG. 3 .
  • the lead screw assembly 122 may include two lead screws, such as a first lead screw 1221 and a second lead screw 1222 .
  • the number of lead screws can also be one of 1, 3, 4, 5, 6....
  • the number of lead screws in order to realize the stable movement of the test card delivery seat 20, can be at least two.
  • the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 are respectively arranged on two sides in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the bar-shaped hole 1111 extends.
  • the first lead screw 1221 can be connected with the first transmission gear set 1217 such as the first rotating wheel 1217b through a belt or directly, and the rotation of the first lead screw 1221 can be achieved by the rotation of the first transmission gear set 1217 such as the first rotating wheel 1217b.
  • the second lead screw 1222 can be connected with the second transmission gear set 1218 such as the second rotating wheel 1218b through a belt or directly, and the rotation of the second lead screw 1222 can be realized by the rotation of the second transmission gear set 1218 such as the second rotating wheel 1218b.
  • the bearing member 1223 is sheathed outside the screw main body 1224 to be rotatably connected with the screw main body 1224 .
  • the screw body 1224 may be a rod-shaped structure with external threads on its surface.
  • the extending direction of the lead screw body 1224 may be consistent with the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 , of course, in some embodiments, the extending direction of the lead screw body 1224 may also be different from the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the lead screw body 1224 can be threadedly connected with the detection card delivery seat 20 .
  • the third rotating wheel 1225 and the second rotating wheel 1218b are located on the same side of the frame body 11 , such as the top plate 111 , for example, the third rotating wheel 1225 and the second rotating wheel 1218b are located on the top of the top plate 111 .
  • the rotation axis of the third rotating wheel 1225 is parallel to the rotation axis of the second rotating wheel 1218b.
  • the bearing member 1223 can be omitted, and the lead screw body 1224 can be disposed in the connecting portion 1113 such as a through hole, and directly connected to the top plate 111 in rotation.
  • first reel in other embodiments
  • second runner in other embodiments
  • first runner in other embodiments
  • second runner in other embodiments
  • first runner in other embodiments
  • the lead screw body 1224 is rotatably connected to the reinforcing plate 113 such as the first reinforcing plate 1131 .
  • the lead screw body 1224 is rotatably connected to the reinforcing plate 113 such as the third reinforcing plate 1133 .
  • the third rotating wheel 1225 of the first lead screw 1221 can be connected with the first rotating wheel 1217b of the first transmission gear set 1217 through a transmission belt.
  • the third rotating wheel 1225 of the second lead screw 1222 can be connected with the second rotating wheel 1218b of the second transmission gear set 1218 through a transmission belt.
  • the setting of the screw assembly 122 and the first guide rail 1126 is to realize the sliding of the test card delivery base 20 on the frame 10 , and then realize the consignment of the test card. Therefore, the first guide rail 1126 may not be provided on the molecular diagnostic device 100 when the number of the screw in the screw assembly 122 is sufficient to make the test card delivery base 20 slide on the frame 10 stably and normally.
  • the rack 10 such as the rack main body 11 is provided with a circuit mounting board 13 for mounting the control circuit board 40 .
  • the circuit mounting board 13 and the legs 112 are disposed on the same side of the top board 111 .
  • the circuit mounting board 13 is disposed on the same side of the second leg 1122 and the third leg 1123 .
  • FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are perspective views of different viewing angles of the circuit mounting board 13 in FIG. 3 .
  • the circuit mounting board 13 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the circuit mounting board 13 may include a mounting board body 131 .
  • the mounting plate main body 131 has a plate-like structure as a whole, and can be located on the same side of the second leg 1122 and the third leg 1123 .
  • the mounting plate body 131 can also be To be directly fixed on the second leg 1122 and the third leg 1123 .
  • the side of the mounting board main body 131 away from the leg 112 is used for mounting the control circuit board 40 .
  • the main body 131 of the mounting plate can be provided with a through hole 1311 , so that the circuit wiring can pass through the through hole 1311 from the frame main body 11 and be electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the installation board main body 131 can also be connected and fixed with the reinforcement board 113 such as the second reinforcement board 1132 .
  • the side of the mounting board main body 131 away from the leg 112 is provided with a connecting post 1312 for mounting the control circuit board 40 to avoid direct contact between the control circuit board 40 and the mounting board main body 131 .
  • the connecting column 1312 can realize the installation of the control circuit board 40 by means of screwing, plugging, welding and the like.
  • the installation board main body 131 can function to isolate the control circuit board 40 from the rack main body 11 , preventing factors such as temperature inside the rack main body 11 from interfering with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the mounting board main body 131 can be omitted, and the connecting post 1312 can be directly arranged on the rack 10 such as the rack main body 11 .
  • the installation board body 131 can be integrated with the rack body 11 .
  • the mounting plate main body 131 can be provided with a first shroud 132 near the edge of the leg 112 such as the third leg 1123, and the first shroud 132 can be bent from the edge of the mounting plate main body 131 to the third leg 1123 side to The gap between the installation board main body 131 and the third leg 1123 is shielded to play an isolation role at the third leg 1123 .
  • the first surrounding plate 132 can be fixed on the third leg 1123 by screwing, clipping, plugging, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the first enclosure 132 may be omitted.
  • the mounting plate main body 131 can be provided with a second surrounding plate 133 near the edge of the top plate 111 , and the second surrounding plate 133 can be bent from the edge of the mounting plate main body 131 to the side of the third leg 1123 .
  • the second surrounding board 133 can be connected and fixed with the top board 111 .
  • the second enclosure 133 can be fixed on the top plate 111 by screwing, clamping, inserting, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the second surrounding plate 133 may be provided with an opening 1331 .
  • the second enclosure 133 may be omitted.
  • the mounting plate main body 131 can be provided with a third shroud 134 near the edge of the leg 112 such as the second leg 1122, and the third shroud 134 can be bent from the edge of the mounting plate main body 131 to the second leg 1122 side to The gap between the main body 131 of the installation board and the second leg 1122 is covered to play an isolation role at the second leg 1122 .
  • the third surrounding plate 134 can be fixed on the second leg 1122 by screwing, clipping, inserting, welding, bonding and other connection methods. In some embodiments, the third enclosure 134 may be omitted.
  • first enclosure in other embodiments is referred to as “second enclosure”
  • second enclosure in other embodiments is referred to as “first enclosure”.
  • the frame 10 such as the frame main body 11 is provided with a code scanning device 14 electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the code scanning device 14 can be used to scan the image of the information identification on the detection card, such as a two-dimensional code, a bar code, etc., and transmit the image to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the control circuit board 40 recognizes the image and acquires relevant information of the detection card.
  • the code scanning device 14 can be arranged on the path where the detection card delivery seat 20 slides relative to the frame 10, so that when the detection card is placed on the detection card delivery seat 20, the information on the detection card is imaged by the scanning code device 14. scanning.
  • the code scanning device 14 can be arranged on the path where the detection card delivery seat 20 slides in the bar-shaped hole 1111 .
  • the code scanning device 14 may be disposed on the reinforcement board 113 such as the fourth reinforcement board 1134 .
  • the strip-shaped hole 1111 is extended to the side away from the installation hole 1112 , that is, the strip-shaped hole 1111 is extended to the side of the fourth reinforcing plate 1134 .
  • the strip-shaped hole 1111 extends away from the installation hole 1112 and may extend to the top of the fourth reinforcing plate 1134 .
  • the code scanning device 14 is disposed on the reinforcement board 113 such as the fourth reinforcement board 1134 .
  • the test card delivery seat 20 slides in the extending direction of the bar-shaped hole 1111 and slides above the code scanning device 14 . At this time, when the test card is placed on the test card delivery seat 20, the code scanning device 14 will immediately scan the image of the information mark on the test card.
  • the code scanning device 14 can also be arranged at other positions of the rack 10 , such as inside the rack 10 .
  • the isolation door in the above embodiments will be set at the fourth reinforcement plate 1134 of the casing and opposite to the code scanning device 14, so as to detect The card delivery seat 20 slides to the isolation door relative to the frame 10, and the test card is placed on the test card delivery seat 20, and the code scanning device 14 automatically scans the image of the information mark on the test card.
  • the code scanning device 14 may also be disposed on the casing.
  • the frame 10 such as the top plate 111 is provided with a first limit switch 15 electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the first limit switch 15 is located below the top plate 111 .
  • the first limit switch 15 is located on the stroke of the detection card delivery seat 20 sliding relative to the frame 10, so that the first limit switch 15 is triggered when the detection card delivery seat 20 slides, so that the first limit switch 15 generates a control signal and transmits To the control circuit board 40, so that the control circuit board 40 controls the operation of the detection card delivery seat 20 according to the control signal, and makes the detection card delivery seat 20 stop running, so that the detection card delivery seat 20 stays at a predetermined position, and realizes the inspection of the detection card.
  • the limit of the delivery seat 20 is provided with a first limit switch 15 electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the first limit switch 15 is located below the top plate 111 .
  • the first limit switch 15 is located on the stroke of the detection card delivery seat 20 sliding relative to the frame 10, so that the first limit switch 15 is
  • the first limit switch 15 is used to limit the position of the detection card delivery seat 20 when it slides along the extending direction of the strip hole 1111 .
  • the first limit switch 15 is located on the top plate 111 near the strip hole 1111 . Specifically, the first limit switch 15 may be located at an end of the strip hole 1111 away from the installation hole 1112 . Of course, the first limit switch 15 can also be arranged at other positions of the rack 10 , or the first limit switch 15 can be arranged on the casing when the molecular diagnostic equipment 100 is provided with a casing.
  • the first limit switch 15 can be an optocoupler limit switch, and the optocoupler limit switch can specifically be a slot-shaped optocoupler.
  • Slot optocoupler A groove is provided in the middle of the limit light-emitting part and the limit light-receiving part. When the position of the detection card delivery seat 20 is placed in the groove, the detection card delivery seat 20 blocks the communication between the limit light-emitting part and the limit light-reception part. Light transmission, the slot-shaped optocoupler then generates a control signal and transmits it to the control circuit board 40, so that the test card delivery seat 20 stops running under the control of the control circuit board 40, and then makes the test card delivery seat 20 stay at a predetermined position.
  • FIG. 8 is a partial structural diagram of the rack 10 in FIG. 3 .
  • the frame 10 such as the frame main body 11 may be provided with a second limit switch 16 electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 to limit the position of the detection card delivery seat 20 .
  • the second limit switch 16 can be located on the stroke of the detection card delivery base 20 sliding on the first guide rail 1126 to limit the position of the detection card delivery base 20 when sliding on the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the second limit switch 16 is triggered when the detection card delivery seat 20 slides on the first guide rail 1126, generates a control signal and transmits it to the control circuit board 40, so that the control circuit board 40 controls the operation of the detection card delivery seat 20 according to the control signal , and stop the operation of the test card delivery seat 20, so that the test card delivery seat 20 stays at a predetermined position, thereby realizing the limit of the test card delivery seat 20.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the second limit switch 16 in FIG. 8 .
  • the second limit switch 16 may include a mounting case 161 mounted on the leg 112 such as the third leg 1123 , and a first sub-limit switch 162 and a second sub-limit switch 163 disposed on the mounting case 161 .
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 are all located on the stroke of the detection card delivery seat 20 sliding on the first guide rail 1126, so that the detection card delivery seat 20 is located between the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163.
  • the stroke between the second sub-limit switches 163 slides.
  • Both the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 are electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the installation shell 161 is made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the installation housing 161 is in the shape of a housing as a whole.
  • the installation shell 161 can be installed on the frame main body 11 such as the third leg 1123 .
  • the installation shell 161 can be fixed on the frame main body 11 such as the third leg 1123 by screwing, clamping, inserting, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the installation shell 161 can be located on a side of the third leg 1123 close to the circuit installation board 13 .
  • the installation shell 161 can also be installed at other positions of the rack 10, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 may be disposed on the same side of the installation case 161 .
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 can specifically be the side of the installation housing 161 away from the circuit mounting board 13 .
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 can be triggered when the detection card delivery seat 20 slides toward the detection card detection seat 30 to generate a signal and transmit it to the control circuit board 40, so that the control circuit board 40 controls the detection card delivery seat 20 according to the control signal
  • the operation of the test card delivery seat 20 is stopped, so that the test card delivery seat 20 stays at a predetermined position, and the position limit when the test card delivery seat 20 slides to the test card detection seat 30 is realized.
  • the second sub-limit switch 163 can be triggered to generate a signal and transmit it to the control circuit board 40 when the detection card delivery seat 20 slides away from the detection card detection seat 30 side (that is, slides to the top plate 111 side), so as to control the circuit board.
  • 40 controls the operation of the detection card delivery seat 20 according to the control signal, and stops the operation of the detection card delivery seat 20, so that the detection card delivery seat 20 stays at a predetermined position, and realizes that when the detection card delivery seat 20 slides to the top plate 111 side
  • the position limit can reduce the mutual damage caused by the contact between the detection card delivery seat 20 and the top plate 111 .
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 can both be optocoupler limit switches.
  • the detection card delivery seat 20 Block the light transmission between the limit light-emitting part and the limit light-receiving part, and the groove-shaped optocoupler then generates a control signal and transmits it to the control circuit board 40, so that the first drive device 12, such as the drive component 121, can be controlled by the control circuit board 40 Stop running, and then make the detection card delivery seat 20 stay at the predetermined position.
  • first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 may also be limit devices such as travel switches and proximity switches.
  • the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 may also be sensors with a limit function.
  • the installation housing 161 may be omitted, and the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 may be directly arranged at other positions of the frame 10 .
  • the mounting case 161 may also be provided on the case.
  • the installation housing 161 can be omitted, and the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 can be directly arranged on the casing.
  • the test card delivery base 20 may include a pressing plate 50 and a shipping component 60 mounted on the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the shipping component 60 is used for placing the detection card.
  • the pressing plate 50 is connected with the first driving device 12, so as to slide on the first guide rail 1126 under the action of the first driving device 12, and then drive the consignment assembly 60 to slide on the first guide rail 1126, and the consignment assembly 60 can consign and detect card and consigned to the detection card detection seat 30.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded view of the pressure plate 50 in FIG. 2 of the present application.
  • the resisting plate 50 may include a first housing 51 mounted on the frame 10 such as the lead screw body 1224, an electromagnet 52 disposed on the side of the first housing 51 facing the detection card detection seat 30, and used for checking the shipping assembly 60.
  • the locking member 56 installed on the first housing 51 and used to fix the pressing member 53, the second housing 57 covering the side of the first housing 51 away from the electromagnetic member 52, and the second housing 57 arranged on the second
  • a first sliding rail assembly 58 mounted on the housing 51 and mounted on the rack 10 such as the first rail 1126 .
  • the first housing 51 and the second housing 57 are buckled to form a pressing disk body.
  • the first circuit board 55 may be electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the electromagnetic component 52 can generate a magnetic force under the control of the control circuit board 40 to attract the pressing component 53 to the first casing 51 .
  • the electromagnetic part 52 can eliminate the magnetic force under the control of the control circuit board 40 , so as to avoid adsorption to the pressing part 53 .
  • the heating component 54 can heat the detection card under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the first rail assembly 58 can slide on the rack 10 such as the first rail 1126 .
  • the first housing 51 is connected to the frame 10 such as the screw main body 1224 to slide in the extending direction of the first guide rail 1126 under the rotation of the screw main body 1224 .
  • FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 are structural schematic views of the first housing 51 in FIG. 10 from different perspectives.
  • the first housing 51 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the first housing 51 may be in the form of a plate, and of course it may also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first case 51 may include a case body 511 .
  • a receiving slot 512 is provided in the middle of the housing main body 511 facing the second housing 57 for receiving the first circuit board 55 and the locking member 56 .
  • the cross section of the receiving groove 512 can be circular or other shapes.
  • the casing main body 511 may have a locking hole 513 around the receiving groove 512 for installing the heating component 54 .
  • the locking holes 513 may be evenly distributed around the receiving groove 512 .
  • the number of locking holes 513 can also be one of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.... In one embodiment, the number of locking holes 513 can be specifically six. In one embodiment.
  • the locking hole 513 is shaped as a segment of a ring structure.
  • the housing body 511 is provided with a notch 514 to make way for the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the notch 514 extends from an edge of the casing body 511 near the fourth reinforcing plate 1134 to the inside.
  • the notch 514 can be disposed opposite to the bar-shaped hole 1111 , and the extending direction of the notch 514 can be consistent with the extending direction of the bar-shaped hole 1111 , so that the shipping assembly 60 can slide in the bar-shaped hole 1111 and the notch 514 at the same time.
  • the notch 514 is located between two adjacent locking holes 513 .
  • the housing main body 511 is bent to form a sidewall 5111 in the receiving groove 512 and at the edge of the notch 514 toward the side close to the second housing 57 , so as to isolate the notch 514 from the receiving groove 512 .
  • a surface of the side wall 5111 close to the second housing 57 is flush with a surface of the housing main body 511 close to the second housing 57 .
  • the side wall 5111 can be used to support the second housing 57 .
  • the housing body 511 is provided with insertion holes such as a first insertion hole 5112 and a second insertion hole 5113 penetrating through the housing body 511 in the receiving groove 512 so as to install the locking member 56 at the insertion holes.
  • the insertion holes such as the first insertion hole 5112 and the second insertion hole 5113 may be omitted.
  • the casing main body 511 is provided with a limiting column 5114 in the receiving groove 512 to limit the installation position of the first circuit board 55 .
  • the limiting column 5114 is arranged around the notch 514 to cooperate with the housing body 511 to form a space for installing the first circuit board 55 , so as to limit the installation position of the first circuit board 55 .
  • a communication hole 5114a is provided on the limit post 5114, so that the circuit wiring can pass through the communication hole 5114a from the side of the housing body 511 close to the electromagnetic component 52, and extend into the receiving groove 512 to communicate with the first circuit.
  • the board 55 is electrically connected.
  • the limiting column 5114 can also be used to abut against the second housing 57 to support the second housing 57 .
  • the limiting post 5114 can also be omitted.
  • the communicating hole 5114a may be directly disposed on other positions of the housing body 511 instead of the limiting post 5114 .
  • the housing body 511 is provided with a connecting post 5115 in the receiving groove 512 for installing the first circuit board 55 , so as to prevent the first circuit board 55 from directly contacting the housing body 511 .
  • the connecting column 5115 can be connected and fixed to the first circuit board 55 by screwing, plugging, clipping, bonding, welding and other connection methods.
  • the connecting column 5115 can also be omitted, and the first circuit board 55 is directly fixed in the receiving groove 512 .
  • the housing main body 511 is bent into the locking hole 513 at the edge of the clamping hole 513 away from the side of the second housing 57 to form a convex edge 5116 to clamp and install the heating component 54 to prevent the heating component 54 from the housing body. 511 is slipped near the side of the electromagnetic part 52 .
  • a communication opening 5117 is provided between the engaging hole 513 and the accommodating groove 512 , so that the circuit wiring connected to the heating assembly 54 passes through the communication opening 5117 and is electrically connected to the first circuit board 55 .
  • the housing body 511 is provided with a first threaded portion 515 near the screw assembly 122 such as the first screw 1221 .
  • the housing body 511 is provided with a second threaded portion 516 near the screw assembly 122 such as the second screw 1222 .
  • the screw connection parts such as the first screw connection part 515 and the second screw connection part 516 may include a connection ear 5151 extending from the housing body 511 and a screw connection part 5152 installed on the connection ear 5151 .
  • the threaded member 5152 can be sleeved on the screw assembly 122 such as the screw body 1224 .
  • the inside of the threaded part 5152 is provided with an internal thread that matches the external thread of the lead screw body 1224, so that under the rotation of the lead screw assembly 122 such as the lead screw main body 1224, the housing body 511 is mounted on the lead screw assembly 122 such as the lead screw body.
  • the extension direction of 1224 moves.
  • the housing body 511 is provided with a positioning hole 517 for positioning the detection card.
  • a relief slot 518 is provided in the middle of the surface of the casing body 511 away from the second casing 57 for accommodating the electromagnetic element 52 , the pressing element 53 and the heating assembly 54 .
  • the cross-section of the relief groove 518 is circular, but of course it can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the relief groove 518 and the receiving groove 512 are arranged back to back relative to the housing body 511, so that the relief groove 518 communicates with the notch 514, and the insertion holes such as the first insertion hole 5112 and the second insertion hole 5113 are located in the relief groove 518 Inside, the communication hole 5114a on the limit post 5114 is located in the relief groove 518 , and the locking hole 513 is located around the relief groove 518 .
  • the relief slot 518 may be omitted.
  • a plurality of accommodating slots are uniformly distributed in the housing main body 511 in the relief slot 518 for installing the electromagnetic component 52 .
  • the number of accommodating grooves can be multiple, and the specific number can be one of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc.
  • the number of accommodating tanks may be 2, For example, the first accommodating groove 5118 and the second accommodating groove 5119 .
  • the electromagnet 52 can be energized to generate a magnetic force, and then the pressing member 53 can be adsorbed and fixed.
  • the electromagnet 52 may include a first electromagnet 521 and a second electromagnet 522 electrically connected to the first circuit board 55 , respectively.
  • the first electromagnet 521 can be installed in the first receiving groove 5118 .
  • the second electromagnet 522 can be installed in the second receiving groove 5119 .
  • the first electromagnet 521 and the second electromagnet 522 can be fixed on the housing main body 511 by screwing, clamping, inserting, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the circuit traces electrically connected to the first electromagnet 521 and the second electromagnet 522 are electrically connected to the first circuit board 55 through the communication hole 5114 a.
  • the electromagnetic element 52 may be omitted.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the pressing member 53 in FIG. 10 of the present application.
  • the number of pressing parts 53 can be one or more.
  • the number of pressing parts 53 may be two, which are the first pressing part 531 and the second pressing part 532 respectively.
  • a gap 533 is provided between the two pressing parts 53 .
  • the gap 533 is set opposite to the strip-shaped hole 1111 to make room for the shipping assembly 60 , so that the shipping assembly 60 can move in the gap 533 and the strip-shaped hole 1111 at the same time.
  • Each pressing member 53 can be made of a hard material such as metal, specifically, it can be made of metal such as iron that is attracted by the electromagnet under the magnetic force. Of course, in some embodiments, each pressing member 53 can also be made of hard material such as plastic, metal, etc., so as to be engaged with the locking member 56 .
  • Each pressing member 53 can be in the form of a plate as a whole, generally in the form of a circular part or a ring-shaped part, and of course can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the pressing member 53 such as the first pressing member 531 may include a pressing member main body 5311 .
  • the main body of the pressing part 5311 can be provided with a relief part 5312 to give way to the detection card, so as to increase the contact area between the main body of the pressing part 5311 and the detection card, so as to limit the position of the detection card.
  • the relief portion 5312 can be a perforation or a notch.
  • the pressing part main body 5311 of the first pressing part 531 is provided with a sub-releasing part 5313 towards the edge of the second pressing part 532 .
  • the pressing part main body 5311 of the second pressing part 532 is provided with a sub-releasing part 5313 towards the edge of the first pressing part 531 .
  • the sub-relief part 5313 of the first pressing part 531 and the sub-relief part 5313 of the second pressing part 532 are arranged oppositely, and can form a sub-relief part to make way for the detection card, so as to increase the distance between the main body of the pressing part 5311 and the sub-relief part 5313.
  • the contact area of the detection card is used to limit the detection card.
  • the sub-relief portion 5313 can be a notch.
  • the relief parts in the above embodiments may be evenly distributed around the circumference, so as to properly fix and limit the detection card. It can be understood that the number of relief parts may be consistent with the number of the card connection holes 513 or the number of detection cards.
  • the pressing member main body 5311 is provided with a first fastening portion 5314 so as to be detachably connected with the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the first pressing member 531 and the second pressing member 532 may be of an integrated structure, and the gap 533 is only provided at a position opposite to the strip-shaped hole 1111 .
  • the gap 533 extends inward from the edge of the pressing member 53 .
  • the gap 533 can also be omitted, and the pressing member 53 can be used as a part of the shipping assembly 60 .
  • an electromagnet in the electromagnetic part 52 such as the first electromagnet 521 can adsorb the surface of the first pressing part 531 such as the pressing part main body 5311, and another electromagnet such as the second The electromagnet 522 and the pressing member 53 attract the second pressing member 532 such as the surface of the pressing member main body 5311 .
  • the pressing member 53 can also be locked and fixed with the locking member 56 .
  • the main body 5311 of the pressing member 5311 can be clamped and fixed by the locking member 56 between two adjacent relief parts.
  • corresponding connection structures such as connection posts, lifting lugs and other structures may also be provided on the pressing member main body 5311 to be clamped and fixed by the locking member 56 .
  • the heating assembly 54 may include a first heating member 541 installed on the first housing 51 such as the housing body 511 near the second housing 57 and a first heating member 541 installed on the first housing 51 such as the housing body 511
  • the second heating element 542 on the side away from the second casing 57 .
  • the first heating element 541 cooperates with the second heating element 542 to heat the detection card when it abuts against the detection card or in a suitable scene or position.
  • first heating element in other embodiments is referred to as “second heating element”
  • second heating element in other embodiments is referred to as “first heating element”.
  • FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 are structural schematic views of the first heating element 541 in FIG. 10 in different viewing angles.
  • the first heating member 541 may include a heating body 5411 .
  • the heating body 5411 can be made of thermally conductive hard material such as metal, so as to facilitate heating of the detection card. Heating elements such as heating resistors can be installed inside the heating body 5411.
  • the heating body 5411 can be placed in the first housing 51 such as the engaging hole 513 , and be engaged with the first housing 51 such as the housing main body 511 to realize the installation of the heating body 5411 on the first housing 51 .
  • a groove 5412 is provided on the surface of the heating body 5411 facing the second housing 57 to cooperate with the second housing 57 .
  • the edge of the heating body 5411 facing the side of the second housing 57 is provided with a card edge 5413, so that the heating body 5411 is placed in the locking hole 513 from the side of the first housing 51 close to the second housing 57, and in the first housing.
  • the side of 51 away from the second housing 57 is exposed, and at the same time, the locking edge 5413 and the convex edge 5116 are locked together to prevent the heating body 5411 from slipping off from the side of the first housing 51 close to the electromagnetic component 52 .
  • the circuit traces electrically connected to the heating device inside the heating body 5411 can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 55 through the communication port 5117, so as to achieve heating Control of heating devices inside the main body 5411.
  • the heating body 5411 can be integrated with the first casing 51 such as the casing body 511 .
  • the second heating element 542 may be in an annular structure as a whole.
  • the second heating element 542 can be made of a heat-conductive hard material such as metal, and a heating element such as a heating resistor can be arranged inside.
  • the second heating element 542 is installed in the relief groove 518 of the housing body 511 .
  • the second heating element 542 can be fixed on the relief groove 518 by screwing, inserting, buckling and other connection methods.
  • the second heating element 542 is provided with a notch 5421 to make room for the notch 514 and the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the circuit traces electrically connected to the heating element inside the second heating element 542 can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 55 through the communication hole 5114a, In order to realize the control of the heating element inside the second heating element 542 .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the first circuit board 55 in FIG. 10 .
  • the whole of the first circuit board 55 can be a ring structure.
  • Electronic components such as resistors, capacitors, and inductors are arranged on the first circuit board 55 .
  • the first circuit board 55 is installed in the receiving groove 512 of the housing body 511 .
  • the first circuit board 55 can be limited by the limiting column 5114 to avoid shaking.
  • the first circuit board 55 can be fixed on the connecting column 5115 by screwing, plugging, buckling and other connection methods.
  • the first circuit board 55 is provided with a notch 551 to make room for the side wall 5111 , the notch 514 and the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the first circuit board 55 can be electrically connected to the heating element and the electromagnetic element 52 in the heating assembly 54 respectively, so as to control the heating element and the electromagnetic element 52 in the heating assembly 54 respectively.
  • the first circuit board 55 can be omitted without sharing the working pressure for the control circuit board 40 , and the heating element and the electromagnetic element 52 in the heating assembly 54 can be directly electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 .
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the locking member 56 in FIG. 10
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the locking member 56 along line XVII-XVII in FIG. 17
  • the locking member 56 may include a locking housing 561 fixed on the housing main body 511 , a linkage assembly 562 disposed inside the locking housing 561 , and a locking lock assembly disposed outside the locking housing 561 and connected to the linkage assembly 562 . Claw 563.
  • the locking housing 561 is hollow inside, and locking walls 5611 are provided on opposite sides of the opening, and the locking walls 5611 protrude outward from the locking housing 561 .
  • the locking housing 561 is provided with a relief hole 5612 at a position adjacent to the locking wall 5611 .
  • the locking housing 561 is provided with a locking block 5613 in the relief hole 5612 .
  • the block 5613 can be elastically deformed.
  • the locking block 5613 protrudes outward from the locking housing 561 .
  • the clamping block 5613 is elastically deformed by being pressed by the first housing 51 such as the housing main body 511, so that the clamping block 5613 passes through the insertion hole, and then the housing main body 511 is clamped at the relief hole 5612, and the clamping wall 5611 is located at The housing main body 511 is away from the side of the second housing 57 and abuts against the bottom surface of the relief groove 518 .
  • the bottom surfaces abut against each other, and under the action of the locking wall 5611 and the locking block 5613 , the locking housing 561 and the first housing 51 such as the housing main body 511 are clamped and installed.
  • the locking housing 561 can also be fixed on the housing main body 511 by screwing, inserting, buckling, bonding, welding and other connection methods, which will not be repeated here.
  • the linkage assembly 562 may include a linkage body 5621 installed inside the locking housing 561, a connecting piece 5622 slidably connected to the linkage body 5621, installed on the linkage body 5621 and the connecting piece 5622 and force the connecting piece 5622 to move relative to the linkage body 5621.
  • the elastic member 5623 sliding outside the locking housing 561 and the linkage member 5624 disposed on the linkage body 5621 are used to lock or unlock the connecting member 5622 .
  • the linkage main body 5621 is a hollow column and is disposed in the locking housing 561 , and extends from the bottom surface of the locking housing 561 to the position of the locking block 5613 .
  • the linkage body 5621 can be integrated with the locking housing 561 .
  • the linkage body 5621 can be omitted.
  • the connecting piece 5622 is arranged in the linkage main body 5621, and it can be arranged in a column shape.
  • the outer diameter of a part of the connecting piece 5622 is larger than that of the other part of the connecting piece 5622, and one end of the connecting piece 5622 with a larger outer diameter is connected with the locking claw 563 fixed.
  • the outer diameters of the connectors 5622 are uniform.
  • the elastic member 5623 is sleeved on the portion of the connecting member 5622 with a smaller outer diameter.
  • the elastic member 5623 can be a spring, sleeved around the connecting member 5622 , one end abuts against the linkage body 5621 or the locking housing 561 , and the other end abuts against the connecting member 5622 . It can be understood that the elastic member 5623 can also be made of other elastic materials, which will not be repeated here.
  • the linkage 5624 is fixed inside the linkage body 5621 to lock or unlock the linkage 5624 .
  • the linkage 5624 can be an electromagnet, for example, the electromagnet is electrically connected to the control circuit board 40, so that under the control of the control circuit board 40, the connection part 5622 in a certain position can be adsorbed and fixed, so that the connection part 5622 cannot move.
  • the linkage piece 5624 is also under the control of the control circuit board 40 to unlock the connecting piece 5622 in a certain position.
  • the linkage 5624 can also be other structures such as electromagnets.
  • the linkage 5624 can also be a mechanical structure such as a rotating wheel, a ratchet, etc., which can lock or unlock the connecting member 5622 .
  • the linkage 5624 can be configured as:
  • the link 5622 moves into the locking housing 561 to slide relative to the link body 5621 , and then triggers the link 5624 to lock the link 5624 to the link 5622 .
  • the locking claw 563 When the locking member 56 is in use, when the locking claw 563 is facing the pressing member 53, the locking claw 563 can be driven by the first housing 51 to move toward the pressing member 53 side, so that the locking claw 563 abuts against the pressing member 53, and the locking claw 563 is subjected to the abutting force moving in the locking housing 561, and then moves in the locking housing 561, and is squeezed by the locking housing 561 against the locking claw 563 at the same time. pressure, so that the locking claw 563 is closed to Clamping the pressing member 53 such as a position between two adjacent abdication parts or structures such as connecting posts or connecting ears achieves clamping and locking of the pressing member 53 .
  • the linkage assembly 562 will be triggered, and the linkage assembly 562 will keep the locking pawl 563 in the locked state.
  • the locking pawl 563 remains in the locked state, it is subjected to the abutting force moving into the locking housing 561 again, and the locking pawl 563 moves into the locking housing 561 again, which will trigger the linkage assembly 562 again, and the linkage assembly 562 will break
  • the locked state maintained by the locking claw 563 realizes unlocking, and then under the action of the linkage assembly 562, the locking claw 563 moves to the side away from the locking housing 561, so that the locking claw 563 is opened and cannot be pressed against.
  • the clamping part 53 is clamped and locked, and then the pressing part 53 is put down.
  • the locking member 56 may also be a door lock switch. In an embodiment, the locking member 56 may also be omitted when the electromagnetic member 52 exists.
  • FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 are structural schematic views of the second casing 57 in FIG. 10 from different perspectives.
  • the second housing 57 can include a cover body 571 that can be buckled with the first housing 51 , such as the housing main body 511 .
  • the cover main body 571 can be connected and fixed with the first housing 51 such as the housing main body 511 by screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and other connection methods, which will not be repeated here.
  • the cover body 571 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the cover main body 571 is provided with a through hole 572 .
  • the through hole 572 can be disposed opposite to the receiving groove 512 to give way to the first circuit board 55 so that the first circuit board 55 is exposed outside.
  • the through hole 572 may be omitted, and the cover body 571 completely covers the first casing 51 such as the casing body 511 .
  • the size of the through hole 572 can be adjusted so that the through hole 572 corresponds to the position of the notch 514 in the housing body 511, so as to give way to the shipping assembly 60.
  • the cover body 571 will move the first The circuit board 55 is covered.
  • the cover body 571 is provided with a notch 573 .
  • the notch 573 extends inwardly from the edge of the cover body 571 to communicate with the through hole 572 .
  • the notch 573 is arranged at the position where the cover main body 571 is opposite to the notch 514, so that when the cover main body 571 and the housing main body 511 are snapped together, the notch 573 communicates with the notch 514 to give way to the consignment component 60, so that the consignment component 60 can Slide in the notch 573 .
  • a fixing post 574 is disposed on a side of the cover body 571 facing the first housing 51 .
  • the fixing post 574 protrudes from the surface of the cover body 571 .
  • the fixing column 574 is located at the position where the cover body 571 is opposite to the groove 5412 of the heating assembly 54, so that a spring is sleeved on the fixing column 574, so that one end of the spring abuts the cover body 571, and the other end abuts the heating assembly 54 in the groove. 5412 site.
  • the fixing post 574 can be omitted.
  • the spring can also be replaced by other elastic members, which will not be described in detail.
  • the cover main body 571 is provided with a hanging ear 575 on a side away from the first housing 51 to connect with the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the hanging ear 575 is connected and fixed on the cover main body 571 by screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the number of hanging ears 575 may be two, such as a first hanging ear 5751 and a second hanging ear 5752 .
  • the first hanging ear 5751 and the second hanging ear 5752 are arranged symmetrically. It can be understood that when the hanging ears 575 are used to connect the consignment assembly 60, the number and installation positions of the hanging ears 575 can be set according to actual needs.
  • the cover main body 571 is also provided with a positioning hole 576.
  • the positioning hole 576 is located at a position opposite to the positioning hole 517 on the cover main body 571, so that when the cover main body 571 and the housing main body 511 are fastened together, the positioning hole 576 and the positioning hole 517 Connected to realize the positioning of the detection card.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the pressing plate 50 in FIG. 10 .
  • the first sliding rail assembly 58 is disposed on the first casing 51 to realize the sliding connection between the first casing 51 and the rack 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the first slide rail assembly 58 may include a plurality of slide rails.
  • the specific number of slide rails can be the same as the number of the first guide rails 1126 , and in some embodiments, the number of slide rails can also be less than that of the first guide rails 1126 .
  • the number of slide rails may be four, which are the first slide rail 581 , the second slide rail 582 , the third slide rail 583 and the fourth slide rail 584 .
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the first slide rail 581 in FIG. 21 .
  • Each slide rail such as the first slide rail 581 may include a first slide rail mounting part 5811 disposed on the first housing 51 such as the housing main body 511 and a first slide rail part 5812 mounted on the first slide rail mounting part 5811 .
  • the first slide rail part 5812 can be installed on the first guide rail 1126 to realize relative sliding between the first slide rail part 5812 and the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the first slide rail mounting part 5811 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the first slide rail mounting member 5811 can be fixed on the side of the first casing 51 such as the casing main body 511 by screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the first slide rail mounting member 5811 is bent toward the side of the cover body 571 on a side away from the detection card detection seat 30 to form a bending portion 5814 .
  • the bent portion 5814 can abut against a side of the second housing 57 away from the first housing 51 .
  • bolts, screws and other threaded joint structures can pass through the bent portion 5814 and the second housing 57 in turn and be connected and fixed with the first housing 51.
  • other methods such as plugging and buckling can also be used. , welding, and bonding to realize the connection and fixing relationship between the bent portion 5814, the second shell 57 and the first shell 51.
  • a limit plate 5813 can be provided on a slide rail such as the first slide rail 581 to cooperate with the second limit switch 16, for example, between the pressing plate 50 and the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 When sliding, the limit plate 5813 can slide on the stroke against the pressure plate 50. When the limit plate 5813 slides to a predetermined position, it can be placed in the groove of the second limit switch 16, such as a groove-shaped optocoupler, to block The light transmission between the limit light-emitting part and the limit light-receiving part makes the groove-shaped optocoupler be triggered to generate a control signal and transmit it to the control circuit board 40.
  • the first drive device 12 Under the control of the control circuit board 40, the first drive device 12 is stopped, for example The operation of the driving assembly 121 stops the movement of the pressing plate 50 .
  • the limit plate 5813 can also be arranged on other slide rails in the first slide rail assembly 58 , and can also be arranged on other positions of the pressing plate 50 .
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the frame 10 and the pressing plate 50 .
  • the pressure plate 50 is installed on the frame 10 .
  • the first slide rail member 5812 of the first slide rail 581 is installed on the first guide rail 1126 on the third leg 1123 .
  • the first rail member 5812 of the second rail 582 is installed on the first rail 1126 on the fourth leg 1124 .
  • the first rail member 5812 of the third rail 583 is installed on the first rail 1126 on the first leg 1121 .
  • the first rail member 5812 of the second rail 582 is mounted on the first rail 1126 on the second leg 1122 .
  • the first threaded portion 515 is threaded with the first lead screw 1221 such as the lead screw body 1224 .
  • the second threaded portion 516 is threaded with the second lead screw 1222 such as the lead screw body 1224 .
  • the driving assembly 121 moves, it drives the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 to move synchronously, and then the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 rotate relative to the pressing plate 50, so that the pressing plate 50
  • the first slide rail assembly 58 such as the first slide rail member 5812 can slide on the first guide rail 1126 to realize the positional movement of the pressure plate 50, specifically to realize the positional movement of the pressure plate 50 in the vertical direction .
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the shipping assembly 60 in FIG. 2 .
  • the shipping assembly 60 may include a sliding frame 61 disposed above the pressing plate 50 and mounted on the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 , and a shipping member 62 mounted on the sliding frame 61 .
  • the sliding frame 61 can slide on the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the sliding frame 61 is connected with the pressing plate 50 to slide on the frame 10 together with the pressing plate 50 in some situations.
  • a consignment piece 62 may be used to place a test card.
  • the carrier 62 is slidable relative to the carriage 61 .
  • the sliding direction of the carrier 62 relative to the sliding frame 61 is different from the sliding direction of the sliding frame 61 relative to the frame 10 .
  • the shipping assembly 60 when the shipping assembly 60 is stretched, the shipping piece 62 slides on the sliding frame 61 to slide to the first position outside the frame 10 to complete the extension, and the detection card is placed when the shipping assembly 60 is in the extended state. Then, when the shipping assembly 60 is shrinking, the shipping piece 62 slides on the sliding frame 61 to slide to the second position in the frame 10 to complete the contraction. Swipe between third and fourth positions. In some embodiments, the shipping assembly 60 can be extended in the third position. In some embodiments, the shipping assembly 60 is extendable at a position between the third position and the fourth position.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the sliding frame 61 in FIG. 24 .
  • the sliding frame 61 may include a fixed frame 611, a second sliding rail assembly 612 mounted on the fixed frame 611 and slidably connected to the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126, a second sliding rail assembly 612 mounted on the fixed frame 611 and used to install the shipment 62 Two guide rails 613 and a second driving device 614 for driving the carrier 62 to slide on the second guide rails 613 .
  • first driving device “first driving device”, “second driving device” and “driving device” may be interchanged in some embodiments.
  • first driving device in other embodiments is called “second driving device”
  • second driving device in other embodiments is called “first driving device”.
  • the fixing frame 611 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the fixing frame 611 can be in a frame structure as a whole, and of course it can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the fixing frame 611 may include a first connecting plate 6111, a second connecting plate 6112 connected to the first connecting plate 6111, a third connecting plate 6113 connected to the second connecting plate 6112 and arranged opposite to the first connecting plate 6111, and a third connecting plate 6113 connected to the second connecting plate 6111.
  • the first connecting plate 6111 , the second connecting plate 6112 , the third connecting plate 6113 and the fourth connecting plate 6114 can be surrounded to form a rectangle.
  • the extending direction of the second connecting plate 6112 and the extending direction of the fourth connecting plate 6114 can be consistent with the extending direction of the strip-shaped hole 1111 , of course, they can also be different.
  • the second sliding rail assembly 612 is disposed on the fixing frame 611 , and is used for realizing the sliding connection between the fixing frame 611 and the rack 10 when the second sliding rail assembly 612 is slidingly connected to the rack 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the second slide rail assembly 612 may include a plurality of slide rails, and the specific number of slide rails may be the same as that of the first guide rails 1126 , and in some embodiments, the number of slide rails may also be less than that of the first guide rails 1126 .
  • the number of slide rails may be four, which are the first slide rail 6121 , the second slide rail 6122 , the third slide rail 6123 and the fourth slide rail 6124 .
  • Each slide rail such as the first slide rail 6121 may include a second slide rail mounting part 6125 disposed on the fixing frame 611 and a second slide rail part 6126 mounted on the second slide rail mounting part 6125 .
  • the second slide rail part 6126 can be installed on the first guide rail 1126 to realize relative sliding between the second slide rail part 6126 and the frame 10 such as the first guide rail 1126 .
  • the second slide rail mounting part 6125 can be made of hard material such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the second slide rail mounting part 6125 can be fixed on the fixing frame 611 by screwing, inserting, welding, buckling, bonding and the like.
  • the second slide rail mounting part 6125 may be omitted, and the second slide rail part 6126 may be directly disposed on the fixing frame 611 .
  • the slide rail such as the second slide rail member 6126 of the first slide rail 6121 is slidably connected to the first guide rail 1126 of the second leg 1122 .
  • the slide rail for example, the second slide rail part 6126 of the second slide rail 6122 is slidably connected with the first guide rail 1126 of the third leg 1123 .
  • the slide rail for example, the second slide rail member 6126 of the third slide rail 6123 is slidably connected with the first guide rail 1126 of the fourth leg 1124 .
  • the slide rail, for example, the second slide rail part 6126 of the fourth slide rail 6124 is slidably connected with the first guide rail 1126 of the first leg 1121 .
  • first slide rail 6121 and the fourth slide rail 6124 are disposed on a side of the fourth connecting plate 6114 away from the second connecting plate 6112 .
  • the second slide rail 6122 and the third slide rail 6123 are disposed on a side of the second connecting plate 6112 away from the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the installation positions of the first slide rail 6121, the second slide rail 6122, the third slide rail 6123 and the fourth slide rail 6124 on the fixed frame 611 can be determined according to actual conditions. The situation is adjusted.
  • the second guide rail 613 is installed on the fixing frame 611 for installing the shipping item 62 so that the shipping item 62 slides on the second guide rail 613 .
  • the extension direction of the second guide rail 613 can be consistent with the extension direction of the bar-shaped hole 1111 , so that the consignment piece 62 slides on the second guide rail 613 and slides in the bar-shaped hole 1111 at the same time.
  • the second guide rail 613 may include a first sub-rail 6131 disposed on the fixing frame 611 such as the second connecting plate 6112 and a second sub-rail 6132 disposed on the fixing frame 611 such as the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the extending direction of the first sub-rail 6131 may be consistent with the extending direction of the second sub-rail 6132 .
  • the first sub-rail 6131 and the second sub-rail 6132 can be respectively fixed on the fixing frame 611 by screwing, buckling, welding, bonding, inserting and the like.
  • the extension direction of the first sub-rail 6131 is a horizontal direction.
  • the extension direction of the first sub-guide rail 6131 can be consistent with the extension direction of the second sub-guide rail 6132 different.
  • first guide rail “first guide rail”, “second guide rail” and “guide rail” may be interchanged in some embodiments.
  • first guide rail in other embodiments is called “second guide rail”
  • second guide rail in other embodiments is called “first guide rail”.
  • the second driving device 614 may include a second driving member 6141 disposed on the fixing frame 611 and a lead screw 6142 connected with the second driving member 6141 .
  • the second driving member 6141 can be installed on the fixing frame 611 such as the first connecting plate 6111 for driving the lead screw 6142 to rotate.
  • the second driving member 6141 can be electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 to move under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the lead screw 6142 is rotatably connected to the fixing frame 611 such as the first connecting plate 6111 and the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the extending direction of the lead screw 6142 may be consistent with the extending direction of the second guide rail 613 .
  • the outer surface of the lead screw 6142 is provided with external threads.
  • the lead screw 6142 is screwed with the consignment piece 62 by external threads, so that when the lead screw 6142 rotates, the lead screw 6142 and the consignment piece 62 rotate relatively, and under the cooperation of the lead screw 6142 and the second guide rail 613, the consignment piece 62 is in the second Slide on the guide rail 613.
  • the second driving member 6141 is installed on the side of the first connecting plate 6111 away from the third connecting plate 6113, specifically, it can be connected and fixed by screw, bolt, buckle, insertion, welding, bonding and other connection methods.
  • the second driving member 6141 can be a motor.
  • the output shaft of the motor can pass through the first connecting plate 6111 and be connected with the lead screw 6142 .
  • the second driving member 6141 can also be other types of power sources.
  • the second guide rail 613 can be omitted.
  • the fixing frame 611 such as the first connecting plate 6111 is provided with a positioning light generator 615 .
  • the light generator 615 is positioned on the side of the first connecting board 6111 away from the third connecting board 6113 .
  • the positioning light generator 615 and the positioning hole on the pressing plate 50 are arranged oppositely, so that the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615 passes through the positioning hole on the pressing plate 50, such as the positioning hole 576 and the positioning hole 576.
  • Holes 517 are then used in conjunction with positioning light receivers 716 (shown in FIG. 33 ) to position the detection card on the consignment 62 .
  • a light sensor 616 may be provided on the side of the fixing frame 611 such as the second connecting plate 6112 close to the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the light sensor 616 is electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 to work under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the light sensor 616 may include a light emitting unit for emitting light and a light receiving unit for receiving light.
  • the shipping piece 62 When the shipping piece 62 slides toward the first connecting plate 6111 along the second guide rail 613 and reaches a predetermined position, it can receive the light emitted by the light-emitting unit and reflect the light to the light-receiving unit, and the light sensor 616 is triggered to generate a control signal And transmit to the control circuit board 40, the control circuit board 40 controls the consignment piece 62, so that the consignment piece 62 is kept at a predetermined position.
  • the light sensor 616 is located on a side of the second connecting board 6112 close to the first connecting board 6111 .
  • the light sensor 616 can also be limited by the first limit switch 15, travel switch, proximity switch, etc. in the above embodiments.
  • a traction member 617 may be provided on the fixing frame 611 .
  • the number of the traction members 617 may be multiple.
  • the number of the pulling elements 617 may be two, which are respectively the first pulling element 6171 and the second pulling element 6172 .
  • the two pulling members 617 can be symmetrically arranged on both sides of the fixing frame 611 .
  • the first pulling member 6171 is disposed on a side of the second connecting plate 6112 away from the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the second pulling member 6172 is disposed on a side of the fourth connecting plate 6114 away from the second connecting plate 6112 .
  • Each traction member 617 such as the second traction member 6172 may include a suspension member 6172a arranged on a connection plate such as the fourth connection plate 6114 and an elastic member connected to the suspension member 6172a at one end and connected to the pressure plate 50 such as the hanging ear 575 at the other end. Item 6172b. The tight fit between the fixing frame 611 and the pressing plate 50 is increased by the elastic member 6172b.
  • the hanging member 6172a can be a column structure.
  • the suspension part 6172a of the first pulling part 6171 is disposed on a side of the second connecting plate 6112 away from the fourth connecting plate 6114 .
  • the suspension part 6172a of the first pulling part 6171 can be located between the second sliding rail 6122 and the third sliding rail 6123 .
  • the suspension part 6172a of the second pulling part 6172 is disposed on a side of the fourth connecting plate 6114 away from the second connecting plate 6112 .
  • the suspension part 6172a of the second pulling part 6172 can be located between the first sliding rail 6121 and the fourth sliding rail 6124 .
  • the elastic member 6172b can be a tension spring.
  • One end of the elastic member 6172b of the first drawing member 6171 such as a tension spring can be connected and fixed with the suspension member 6172a of the first drawing member 6171 .
  • the other end of the elastic member 6172b of the first traction member 6171 such as a tension spring can be connected and fixed to the pressing plate 50 such as the first hanging ear 5751 .
  • One end of the elastic member 6172b of the second traction member 6172 such as a tension spring can be connected and fixed with the suspension member 6172a of the second traction member 6172 .
  • the other end of the elastic member 6172b of the second traction member 6172 such as a tension spring, can be connected to the pressing plate 50, such as the second hanger.
  • the ear 5752 is connected and fixed.
  • the suspension member 6172a of each traction member 617 can be omitted, and the corresponding matching elastic member 6172b can be directly connected and fixed with the corresponding connecting plate in the fixing frame 611 .
  • the traction member 617 when the shipping assembly 60 can move together with the pressing plate 50 relying on its own gravity, the traction member 617 can be omitted.
  • the traction member 617 may be omitted, and the shipping assembly 60 may be threadedly connected to the lead screw assembly 122 such as the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 .
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of the consignment 62 in FIG. 24 .
  • the carrier 62 may include a sliding seat 63 mounted on the second guide rail 613 and screwed to the second driving device 614 such as a lead screw 6142, a third driving member 64 installed on the sliding seat 63, and a third driving member 64 mounted on the third driving member 64. and the card holder 65 which can be driven to rotate by the third drive member 64 .
  • the sliding seat 63 slides on the second guide rail 613 to drive the third driver 64 and the card tray 65 to move together, and can move to a position outside the frame 10 to place the detection card on the card tray 65, and the sliding seat 63 can also drive the third driver 64 and the card holder 65 to move to a position in the frame 10, and the third driver 64 can drive the detection card on the card holder 65 to perform centrifugal movement to complete the centrifugal processing of the detection card.
  • FIG. 27 and FIG. 28 are structural schematic views of the sliding seat 63 in FIG. 26 from different angles of view.
  • the sliding seat 63 may include a sliding seat main body 631 for installing the third driver 64, a third sliding rail assembly 632 disposed on the sliding seat main body 631 and slidingly connected with the second guide rail 613 such as the first sub-rail 6131, and a third sliding rail assembly 632 arranged on the
  • the fourth sliding rail assembly 633 is on the sliding base body 631 and is slidingly connected to the second guiding rail 613 such as the second sub-guiding rail 6132 .
  • the fourth sliding rail assembly 633 can be screwed with the second driving device 614 such as the lead screw 6142 . Driven by the second driving device 614 , the sliding seat main body 631 is driven to slide on the second guide rail 613 .
  • the sliding seat body 631 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the sliding base body 631 can include a bottom plate 6311 and a side plate 6312 surrounding the bottom plate 6311 .
  • a relief hole 6311a may be opened in the middle of the bottom plate 6311 to make relief for the third driving member 64 .
  • the side plate 6312 can extend from the edge of the bottom plate 6311 to a side away from the pressing plate 50 .
  • the side plate 6312 may include a first side plate 6312a on which the third slide rail assembly 632 is provided, a second side plate 6312b connected to the first side plate 6312a and located on the side of the bottom plate 6311 close to the first connecting plate 6111, and a second side plate 6312b connected to the second side plate 6311 6312b is connected to the third side plate 6312c which is arranged symmetrically with the first side plate 6312a.
  • the third slide rail assembly 632 is fixed on the side of the first side plate 6312 a close to the second connecting plate 6112 , and can be fixed by means of screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and the like.
  • the third slide rail assembly 632 is slidably connected to the second guide rail 613 such as the first sub-rail 6131 to realize the slide connection between the sliding seat main body 631 and the sliding frame 61 .
  • the third slide rail assembly 632 may include a third slide rail mounting part 6321 disposed on the sliding base body 631 such as the first side plate 6312 a and a third slide rail part 6322 mounted on the third slide rail mounting part 6321 .
  • the third slide rail part 6322 can be installed on the second guide rail 613 such as the first sub guide rail 6131 to realize relative sliding between the third slide rail part 6322 and the second guide rail 613 such as the first sub guide rail 6131 .
  • the third slide rail mounting part 6321 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the third slide rail mounting member 6321 can be fixed on the side plate 6312 such as the first side plate 6312a by means of screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and the like.
  • the third slide rail mounting part 6321 may be omitted, and the third slide rail part 6322 may be directly disposed on the side panel 6312 such as the first side panel 6312a.
  • the fourth slide rail assembly 633 is fixed on the side of the third side plate 6312c close to the fourth connecting plate 6114, and can be fixed by means of screwing, plugging, snapping, welding, bonding and the like.
  • the fourth slide rail assembly 633 is slidably connected to the second guide rail 613 , such as the second sub-rail 6132 , so as to realize the slide connection between the slide seat main body 631 and the slide frame 61 .
  • the fourth slide rail assembly 633 may include a fourth slide rail mounting part 6331 disposed on the sliding base body 631 such as the third side plate 6312c, a fourth slide rail mounting part 6332 mounted on the fourth slide rail mounting part 6331, and a fourth slide rail part 6332 mounted on the The screw connection part 6333 on the four slide rail mounting parts 6331.
  • the fourth slide rail part 6332 can be installed on the second guide rail 613 such as the second sub-rail 6132 to realize the relative sliding between the fourth slide rail part 6332 and the second guide rail 613 such as the second sub-rail 6132 .
  • the threaded part 6333 can be sleeved on the lead screw 6142, and the inside of the threaded part 6333 is provided with an internal thread matched with the external thread of the lead screw 6142, so that under the drive of the second driving part 6141, the sliding seat 63 can move on the lead screw 6142.
  • the extension direction of the bar 6142 moves.
  • first slide rail “first slide rail” in other embodiments
  • second slide rail the "first slide rail” in other embodiments
  • first slide rail the “second slide rail”
  • first slide rail” the “second slide rail” in other embodiments
  • first slide rail assembly can be interchanged in some embodiments.
  • second slide rail assembly in other embodiments is called “second slide rail assembly”
  • second slide rail assembly in other embodiments is called “second slide rail assembly”.
  • a slide rail assembly in one embodiment, the "first slide rail assembly” in other embodiments is called “second slide rail assembly”, and accordingly, the “second slide rail assembly” in other embodiments is called “second slide rail assembly”.
  • first rail mount Designations such as “first rail mount,” “second rail mount,” “third rail mount,” “fourth rail mount,” and “rail mount” are interchangeable in some embodiments. convert.
  • first slide rail installation part in other embodiments is called “second slide rail installation part”
  • second slide rail installation part is called is the "first rail mount”.
  • first slide rail part in other embodiments is called “second slide rail part”
  • second slide rail part in other embodiments is called “second slide rail part”.
  • first slide rail part in other embodiments is called “second slide rail part”
  • second slide rail part in other embodiments is called “second slide rail part”.
  • the fourth slide rail mounting part 6331 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the fourth slide rail mounting part 6331 can be screwed, It is fixed on the side plate 6312 such as the third side plate 6312c by inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and other methods.
  • the fourth slide rail mounting part 6331 may be omitted, and the fourth slide rail part 6332 may be directly disposed on the side panel 6312 such as the third side panel 6312c.
  • the screw connection part 6333 can be disposed between the side board 6312 such as the third side board 6312c and the fourth slide rail installation part 6331 .
  • the sliding seat 63 is provided with a first limiting member 634 .
  • the first stopper 634 can be arranged on the second side plate 6312b corresponding to the light sensor 616, so that when the sliding seat 63 slides to the first connecting plate 6111 side along the second guide rail 613, when the sliding seat 63 reaches the predetermined
  • the light emitted by the light-emitting unit can be received at the position, the first limiter 634 reflects the light to the light-receiving unit, the light sensor 616 generates a control signal and transmits it to the control circuit board 40, and the control circuit board 40 controls the second drive member 6141 .
  • make the sliding seat 63 locate at the predetermined position.
  • the first limiting member 634 can also be arranged on other positions that can cooperate with the light sensor 616 such as the third driving member 64 .
  • the sliding seat 63 is provided with a second limiter (not shown) that cooperates with the first limit switch 15 .
  • the second limiter can be placed in the groove of the first limit switch 15, such as a slot-shaped optocoupler, to block the limit light emitting part
  • the second limiting member can also be arranged on other positions that can cooperate with the first limit switch 15 such as the third driving member 64 .
  • first limiting member in other embodiments is called “second limiting member”
  • second limiting member in other embodiments is called “second limiting member”.
  • a limit piece in one embodiment, the "first limiting member” in other embodiments is called “second limiting member”, and correspondingly, the “second limiting member” in other embodiments is called “second limiting member”.
  • the third driving member 64 is installed on the sliding seat 63 such as the bottom plate 6311 .
  • the side plate 6312 surrounds the third driving member 64 .
  • the third driving member 64 can be connected and fixed to the sliding seat 63 by means of screwing, inserting, buckling, welding, bonding and the like.
  • a part of the structure of the third driving member 64 such as the output shaft can pass through the relief hole 6311 a to be connected and fixed with the bracket 65 .
  • the third driving member 64 may be a motor.
  • the output shaft of the motor can pass through the relief hole 6311a and be connected with the bracket 65 .
  • first driving member “first driving member”, “second driving member”, “third driving member” and “driving member” can be interchanged in some embodiments.
  • first driver in other embodiments is referred to as “second driver”
  • second driver in other embodiments is referred to as “first driver”.
  • the card tray 65 is placed under the sliding seat 63 and is connected and fixed with the third driving member 64 .
  • the card tray 65 may include a card tray body 651 .
  • the card tray main body 651 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the card holder main body 651 is a revolving body, and the axis of the revolving body is arranged coaxially with the output shaft of the third driving member 64 .
  • the card holder body 651 is a circular disk-shaped structure.
  • a protruding rib 652 is disposed on a side of the main body 651 of the card holder close to the third driving member 64 .
  • the protruding ribs 652 are arranged to diverge around the part where the main body 651 of the card holder 651 is connected to the third driving member 64 as the center.
  • the protruding ribs 652 are evenly distributed around the part where the main body 651 of the card holder 651 is connected with the third driving member 64 .
  • Two adjacent protruding ribs 652 surround the main body 651 of the card holder to form a recess 653 for placing the detection card.
  • the number of recesses 653 may be consistent with the number of heating components 54 .
  • the number of the recessed parts 653 may also be less than the number of the heating components 54 .
  • the number of the recessed parts 653 may be 6, of course, the specific number of the recessed parts 653 may also be adjusted according to the actual situation.
  • the main body of the card holder 651 is provided with a second fastening portion 654 in the concave portion 653 so as to be fastened with the detection card.
  • the second fastening portion 654 is located near the edge of the main body 651 of the holder.
  • the second fastening portion 654 is a groove or a protrusion.
  • the main body of the card holder 651 is provided with an accommodating hole 655 in the recessed portion 653 to make way for the detection card.
  • the concave portion 653 is a groove, and the depth of the groove can be the same as the thickness of the detection card, so that when the detection card is placed in the concave portion 653, the surface of the detection card and the rib 652 are away from the main body 651 of the card holder. surface is even.
  • a third fastening portion 6521 may be provided on the raised rib 652 so that the third fastening portion 6521 is fastened to the pressing member 53 .
  • the third fastening portion 6521 is a protruding post, so that the protruding post is placed in the first fastening portion 5314 of the pressing member 53 , for example, in a connection hole, and is engaged with the pressing member 53 .
  • the first fastening portion 5314 can be disposed on the rib 652
  • the third fastening portion 6521 can be disposed on the pressing member 53 .
  • the snap fit relationship between the third fastening portion 6521 and the pressing member 53 can also be replaced by other structures such as grooves and protrusions, plug-in structures, buckle structures, and the like.
  • magnetic force connecting parts such as permanent magnets or electromagnets can be arranged inside the main body 651 of the card holder and/or ribs 652. , in order to use the magnetic force to adsorb the pressing part 53, strengthen the cooperation relationship between the third clamping part 6521 and the pressing part 53, so that the pressing part 53 can abut against the surface of the detection card, so as to avoid the detection card Installation is unstable.
  • a positioning hole 6522 can be defined on the protruding rib 652 .
  • the positioning hole 6522 is opposite to the positioning hole 517 and the positioning hole 576, so that when the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615 passes through the positioning hole 517, the positioning hole 576 and the positioning hole 6522, to confirm The detection card on the card tray main body 651 is at the predetermined position, if the card tray main body 651 is not rotated to the predetermined position, the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615 passes through the positioning hole 517 and the positioning hole 576, but does not pass through the positioning hole 6522 , to confirm that the detection card on the card tray main body 651 is not in the predetermined position.
  • the main body 651 of the card tray is provided with a first positioning member 656 (as shown in FIG. 31 ) on the side away from the third driving member 64, so that when the test card is transported to the test card detection seat 30, the The detection card is positioned such that the detection card is placed at a predetermined position for detection of the detection card.
  • the first positioning member 656 is a positioning block, and the positioning block extends away from the main body 651 of the card holder, and the cross-sectional area perpendicular to the extending direction gradually changes and gradually decreases.
  • the positioning block may be conical.
  • first position in other embodiments is called “second position”
  • second position in other embodiments is called “first position”.
  • FIG. 31 and FIG. 32 are schematic diagrams of the connection structure of the resisting plate 50 and the shipping assembly 60 in different perspectives in FIG. 2 of the present application.
  • the resisting plate 50 is connected with the shipping assembly 60
  • the components of the shipping assembly 60 except the card tray 65 are first assembled together, and then the sliding frame 61 in the shipping assembly 60 is placed on the pressing plate 50 .
  • the first slide rail 6121 of the sliding frame 61 is opposite to the fourth slide rail 584 of the pressing plate 50 so as to be installed on the first guide rail 1126 of the second leg 1122 of the frame 10 together.
  • the second slide rail 6122 in the sliding frame 61 is opposite to the first slide rail 581 of the pressing plate 50 so as to be installed on the first guide rail 1126 of the third leg 1123 of the frame 10 together.
  • the third sliding rail 6123 in the sliding frame 61 is opposite to the second sliding rail 582 of the pressing plate 50 so as to be installed on the first rail 1126 of the fourth leg 1124 of the frame 10 together.
  • the fourth sliding rail 6124 in the sliding frame 61 is opposite to the third sliding rail 583 of the pressing plate 50 so as to be installed on the first rail 1126 of the first leg 1121 of the rack 10 together.
  • pressing plate 50 and the shipping assembly 60 can also be installed on different first guide rails 1126 respectively.
  • part of the first guide rail 1126 can only be installed with the pressing plate 50 or the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the first lug 5751 of the pressing plate 50 is opposite to and connected to the first traction member 6171 of the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the second lug 5752 of the pressing plate 50 is opposite to and connected to the second traction member 6172 of the shipping assembly 60 .
  • one end of the elastic member 6172b of the first traction member 6171 is connected to the suspension member 6172a of the first traction member 6171, and the other end of the elastic member 6172b of the first traction member 6171 is connected to the first lug 5751 of the pressing plate 50 .
  • One end of the elastic member 6172b of the second traction member 6172 is connected to the suspension member 6172a of the second traction member 6172 , and the other end of the elastic member 6172b of the second traction member 6172 is connected to the first hanging ear 5751 of the pressing plate 50 .
  • FIG. 33 is an exploded view of the detection card detection seat 30 in FIG. 2 .
  • the test card detection base 30 may include a support frame 70 connected and fixed to the frame 10 , a support base 80 mounted on the support frame 70 , and a detection assembly 90 mounted on the support frame 70 and the support base 80 .
  • the supporting base 80 is located under the pressing plate 50 so as to carry the testing card transported by the testing card transporting base 20 such as the consignment assembly 60 .
  • the detection component 90 is electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 . When the detection component 90 places the detection card on the support base 80 , it uses the excitation light to perform a series of detection processes on the detection card to generate a detection signal, and sends the detection signal to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the supporting frame 70 has a frame structure as a whole and can be located at the bottom of the frame 10 .
  • the support frame 70 may include a base 71 arranged at the bottom of the frame 10 and fixedly connected with the frame 10 , and a fixing seat 72 installed on the top of the base 71 .
  • the base 71 may include a base body 711 .
  • the base body 711 can be made of rigid materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the base body 711 as a whole can be in a plate-like structure, and of course it can also be in other structures, which will not be described in detail.
  • the base 71 can be connected and fixed to the frame 10 such as the outrigger 112 by plugging, screwing, welding, bonding, buckling and the like. In one embodiment, the base 71 can be fixed on the end of the leg 112 .
  • a fixing slot 712 can be defined in the middle of the top of the base body 711 for accommodating and fixing the fixing seat 72 .
  • the fixing groove 712 may be omitted, and the fixing seat 72 may be directly fixed on the base 71 .
  • a plurality of isolation grooves 713 are evenly distributed around the fixing groove 712 on the base body 711 to cooperate with the detection assembly 90 .
  • a fixing portion 714 is formed between two adjacent isolation grooves 713 to cooperate with the detection assembly 90 .
  • the arrangement of the plurality of isolation grooves 713 can reduce the contact area between the detection component 90 and the base body 711 .
  • the isolation groove 713 may be omitted.
  • the top of the base body 711 is provided with a support portion 715 for supporting the support base 80 .
  • the supporting part 715 can be connected and fixed with the base main body 711 by inserting, screwing, welding, bonding, buckling and the like.
  • the support portion 715 can be a rod-shaped structure, of course, the support portion 715 can also be of other structures. In an embodiment, if there are other structures supporting the support base 80 , the support portion 715 may be omitted.
  • the top of the base body 711 is provided with a positioning light receiver 716 opposite to the positioning light generator 615, so as to receive the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615, and then realize the positioning of the detection card.
  • the positioning light receiver 716 can be electrically connected with the control circuit board 40, so that after the positioning light receiver 716 receives light, it generates a signal and transmits it to the control circuit board 40, so that the molecular diagnostic device 100 confirms that the detection card arrives at a predetermined position.
  • the mounting location for positioning the light generator 615 and the mounting location for positioning the light receiver 716 may be interchanged.
  • the fixing base 72 may include a mounting base 721 disposed in the fixing slot 712 .
  • the mounting base 721 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the mounting base 721 can be fixed on the base main body 711 by inserting, screwing, welding, bonding, buckling, and the like.
  • the installation seat 721 can be used for installing the detection component 90 .
  • a first fastening plate 722 and a second fastening plate 723 can be arranged vertically on the top of the mounting base 721 .
  • the solid plate 723 can be made of hard materials such as plastics and metals.
  • the first fastening plate 722 and the second fastening plate 723 are misaligned and arranged in parallel to cooperate with the detection component 90 .
  • the first fastening plate 722 is provided with a fixing hole 7221 for matching with the detection component 90 .
  • the second fastening plate 723 is provided with a fixing hole 7231 for matching with the detection component 90 .
  • the extending direction of the fixing hole 7221 is parallel to the extending direction of the fixing hole 7231 without overlapping, so as to realize the compact installation of the detection assembly 90 . It can be understood that, in an embodiment, the mounting seat 721 may be omitted, and the first fastening plate 722 and the second fastening plate 723 may be directly mounted on the base body 711 .
  • a support plate 724 is disposed on the first fastening plate 722 and the second fastening plate 723 for supporting the supporting seat 80 .
  • the support plate 724 is opposite to the mounting base 721 .
  • At least part of the structure in the support frame 70 such as the base 71 may also be a part of the frame 10 . That is, the support frame 70 may also be a part of the rack 10 .
  • the support seat 80 may include a support seat main body 81 installed on the base 71 such as the support portion 715 and the support plate 724, a detection chamber assembly 82 installed on the support seat main body 81, and a detection chamber assembly 82 installed on the support seat main body 81.
  • the detection chamber assembly 82 can be installed on the support base 80 at a position opposite to the heating assembly 54 such as the first heating element 541 to cooperate with the heating assembly 54 such as the first heating element 541 .
  • the sample loading chamber assembly 83 can be installed on the support base 80 at a position opposite to the heating assembly 54 such as the second heating element 542 to cooperate with the heating assembly 54 such as the second heating element 542 .
  • the detection chamber assembly 82 cooperates with the sample loading chamber assembly 83 to support and heat the detection card.
  • the detection chamber assembly 82 can also be used to perform excitation light detection on the detection card.
  • the detection chamber assembly 82 and the sample application chamber assembly 83 are electrically connected to the second circuit board 84 to realize the heating control of the detection chamber assembly 82 and the sample application chamber assembly 83 .
  • FIG. 35 and FIG. 36 are structural schematic diagrams of the support seat main body 81 in FIG. 34 from different angles of view.
  • the main body 81 of the support seat can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the main body 81 of the supporting base can be in the shape of a plate as a whole.
  • the top of the main body 81 of the support seat can define a placement slot 811 to make way for the card tray 65 .
  • the main body 81 of the support base defines a fastening hole 812 in the slot 811 for matching with the sample chamber assembly 83 .
  • the main body 81 of the support seat is also provided with a second positioning member 813 in the placement slot 811 to cooperate with the first positioning member 656 to locate the position of the detection card.
  • the second positioning member 813 can be a positioning groove opened by the support base body 81 in the placement groove 811, so that the first positioning member 656, such as a positioning block, is placed in the second positioning member 813, such as a positioning groove. Realize the positioning of the detection card position.
  • the shape of the second positioning member 813 such as a positioning block may match the shape of the first positioning member 656 such as a positioning groove.
  • the positioning and matching relationship between the support seat main body 81 and the card tray 65 is not limited to the matching relationship between the second positioning member 813 and the first positioning member 656, it can also be the magnetic force between the magnet and the magnet, the electromagnet
  • the coordination relationship with the electromagnet, such as the magnetic force, can of course also be other coordination relationships, which will not be described in detail.
  • first positioning element in other embodiments is referred to as “second positioning element”
  • second positioning element in other embodiments is referred to as “first positioning element”.
  • the supporting seat main body 81 is provided with a positioning hole 814 in the placing groove 811 .
  • the positioning hole 814 can be arranged opposite to the positioning hole 517, the positioning hole 576 and the positioning hole 6522, so that the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615 passes through the positioning hole 814, the positioning hole 517, the positioning hole 576 and the positioning hole 6522, and is positioned.
  • the light receiver 716 receives it to realize the positioning of the detection card.
  • a plurality of extending slots 815 are evenly distributed around the placement slot 811 of the supporting seat main body 81 .
  • the extension groove 815 communicates with the placement groove 811, so that the support seat main body 81 forms an assembly platform 816 between two adjacent extension grooves 815, and the detection card can be placed on the assembly platform 816, and the extension groove 815 makes way for the detection card so that the assembly platform 816 can support and fasten the detection card.
  • the main body 81 of the support seat is provided with a receiving hole 817 at the position of the assembly platform 816 , so as to install the detection chamber assembly 82 in the receiving hole 817 .
  • the main body 81 of the support base defines a recess 818 at a position close to the support frame 70 and opposite to the assembly platform 816 , so as to install the detection cavity assembly 82 .
  • the receiving hole 817 is located in the concave portion 818 .
  • a mounting platform 819 is provided between two adjacent recessed portions 818 for fixing the detection cavity assembly 82 .
  • the detection cavity assembly 82 is installed in the main body 81 of the support seat such as the receiving hole 817 and the recessed portion 818 .
  • the detection chamber assembly 82 may include at least one light detection member 821 , and the specific number of the light detection members 821 may be one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 .
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the light detection element 821 in FIG. 34 .
  • the light detection element 821 can be arranged corresponding to one first heating element 541, so that the two cooperate to heat a detection card.
  • the light detecting member 821 may include a detection seat 822 disposed in the support body 81 such as the receiving hole 817 and the recessed portion 818 , and a first clamping piece 823 for fixing the detection seat 822 on the support body 81 .
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the detection seat 822 in FIG. 37 along the line XXXVII-XXXVII.
  • the detection base 822 may include a detection base body 8221 disposed in the support base body 81 such as the recessed portion 818 .
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • An extension part 8222 is extended from the main body 8221 of the detection seat toward the receiving hole 817 , so that the extension part 8222 extends into the receiving hole 817 .
  • the extension part 8222 is flush with the surface of the assembly platform 816 on the side of the support base body 81 where the assembly platform 816 is disposed, so as to improve the appearance of the support base 80 .
  • the extension part 8222 is provided with a detection slot 8223, so that the part structure of the card can be detected on the side where the mounting platform 816 is provided on the main body 81 of the support seat. Placed in the detection groove 8223.
  • the extension part 8222 is provided with an isolation groove 8224 on the side of the detection groove 8223 close to the sample chamber assembly 83, so as to place part of the structure of the detection card in isolation on the side where the assembly platform 816 is provided on the support base body 81. Inside the slot 8224.
  • the detection slot 8223 is extended from the extension portion 8222 to the side of the detection seat main body 8221 .
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat is provided with an excitation fiber channel 8225 in the extending direction of the detection groove 8223 for installing an excitation fiber 8226 .
  • the excitation fiber channel 8225 communicates with the detection groove 8223 so that the excitation fiber 8226 emits light such as excitation light to the detection groove 8223 .
  • the extending direction of the excitation fiber channel 8225 may be consistent with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223 .
  • the extension direction of the excitation fiber channel 8225 may form an included angle with the extension direction of the detection groove 8223, and the degree of the included angle may be 0-75°.
  • the excitation optical fiber channel 8225 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the side of the sample chamber assembly 83 .
  • the excitation fiber channel 8225 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the sample chamber assembly 83 side, the extension direction of the excitation fiber channel 8225 can form an included angle with the extension direction of the detection groove 8223, and the degree of the included angle can be One of 0, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°.
  • the excitation fiber 8226 may include an excitation fiber body 8226a and an excitation fiber connector 8226b disposed at the end of the excitation fiber body 8226a. Wherein, the excitation fiber connector 8226b is placed in the excitation fiber channel 8225 . The connection between the excitation fiber body 8226a and the excitation fiber connector 8226b forms a fixed position, so as to cooperate with the first clamping piece 823 .
  • the excitation fiber 8226 such as the excitation fiber body 8226a has a diameter of about 2.5mm. Specifically, it may be 2.5 mm.
  • the detection seat main body 8221 is provided with a receiving optical fiber channel 8227 communicating with the detection groove 8223 at a position forming an angle with the extension direction of the detection groove 8223 .
  • the receiving optical fiber 8228 is used to receive the excitation light emitted by the excitation optical fiber 8226 and the fluorescence formed by the excitation light irradiating the detection card.
  • the extending direction of the receiving optical fiber channel 8227 may form an angle with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223, and the degree of the included angle may be 0-75°.
  • the excitation fiber channel 8225 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the side away from the sample chamber assembly 83 .
  • the receiving optical fiber channel 8227 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the side away from the sample chamber assembly 83, the extending direction of the receiving optical fiber channel 8227 can form an included angle with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223, and the degree of the included angle can be One of 0, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°.
  • the excitation fiber channel 8225 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the sample chamber assembly 83 side, the extension direction of the excitation fiber channel 8225 can form an included angle with the extension direction of the detection groove 8223, and the degree of the included angle can be 45°.
  • the receiving fiber channel 8227 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the side away from the sample chamber assembly 83, and the extending direction of the receiving fiber channel 8227 can form an included angle with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223, and the included angle can be 75°. That is, the extending direction of the receiving fiber channel 8227 may form an included angle with the extending direction of the exciting fiber channel 8225, and the included angle may be 120°.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the light detecting element 821 can reach above 80dB.
  • the extending direction of the excitation fiber channel 8225 may be consistent with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223 .
  • the receiving fiber optic channel 8227 is inclined from the detection groove 8223 to the side away from the sample chamber assembly 83, and the extending direction of the receiving fiber optic channel 8227 can form an included angle with the extending direction of the detecting groove 8223, and the included angle can be 60°. That is, the extending direction of the receiving fiber channel 8227 may form an included angle with the extending direction of the exciting fiber channel 8225, and the included angle may be 60°.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the light detecting element 821 can reach more than 60dB.
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat is provided with a heating element accommodating groove 8229a on the side where the excitation fiber channel 8225 is disposed, for accommodating heating elements such as heating resistors.
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat can heat the detection card through a heating device.
  • the heating element in the heating element accommodating groove 8229a can be electrically connected with the second circuit board 84 to realize heating under the control of the second circuit board 84 .
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat is provided with a heating element accommodating groove 8229b on a side close to the sample loading chamber assembly 83 for accommodating heating elements such as heating resistors.
  • the main body 8221 of the detection seat can heat the detection card through a heating device.
  • the heating element in the heating element accommodating groove 8229b can be electrically connected with the second circuit board 84 to realize heating under the control of the second circuit board 84 .
  • the main body 8221 of the detection base can be integrated with the main body 81 of the support base.
  • the first clamping piece 823 can be made of hard material such as plastic, metal and so on.
  • the first locking piece 823 can include a locking body 8231 .
  • the clamping body 8231 can be in the shape of a strip, and of course it can also be in other structures, which will not be repeated here.
  • the middle part of the clamping body 8231 can abut against the detection base 822 such as the side where the excitation fiber channel 8225 of the detection base main body 8221 is disposed.
  • the two ends of the clamping body 8231 are provided with fixing parts 8232, so as to be installed and fixed with the detection seat 822, such as the installation platform 819 on both sides of the detection seat main body 8221, and can be fixedly connected by plugging, snapping, welding, bonding, etc. .
  • a plurality of clamping holes 8233 are arranged on the edge of the middle part of the clamping body 8231 to give way to the exciting optical fiber 8226 .
  • the locking body 8231 forms locking teeth 8234 between two adjacent locking holes 8233 .
  • the clamping body 8231 abuts against the detection seat 822, such as the side of the excitation fiber channel 8225 provided with the detection seat body 8221, so that the excitation fiber connector 8226b is locked in the excitation fiber channel 8225 by two adjacent locking teeth 8234, so that the excitation fiber body 8226a It is located between two adjacent locking teeth 8234 . Fixing of the photodetector 821 is achieved.
  • the clamping body 8231 in order to make way for the heating element accommodating groove 8229a, is provided with a through hole 8235 at a position opposite to the heating element accommodating groove 8229a, so that the heating element can extend into the heating element accommodating groove 8229a from the through hole 8235 middle.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic structural view of the sample loading chamber assembly 83 in FIG. 34 .
  • FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view of the sample chamber assembly 83 in FIG. 39 along the line XXXIX-XXXIX.
  • the sample chamber assembly 83 can include a supporting plate 831 fixed on the support plate 724, a supporting plate 831 mounted on the supporting plate 831 The support assembly 832 on the top and the sample chamber installation seat 833 installed on the support assembly 832 .
  • the mounting seat 833 of the sample loading chamber is used for fixing the detection card, and is also used for heating the detection card.
  • the mounting base 833 of the sample loading chamber cooperates with the heating component 54 such as the second heating element 542 to heat the detection card.
  • the supporting plate 831 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like. The whole can be in a plate-like structure, and of course it can also be in other structures, which will not be described in detail.
  • the supporting plate 831 can be fixed on the support plate 724 by means of screwing, inserting, bonding, welding and the like.
  • the supporting plate 831 can be fixed on the main body 81 of the supporting seat by means of screwing, inserting, bonding, welding and the like.
  • the supporting plate 831 can be omitted, and the supporting component 832 can be fixedly connected with the supporting plate 724 directly.
  • the support plate 831 when the support plate 724 is omitted, can be directly fixed on the first fastening plate 722 and the second fastening plate 723 . In one embodiment, when the supporting plate 724 is omitted, the supporting plate 831 can be fixed on the supporting portion 715 .
  • the support assembly 832 may include a socket post 8321 disposed on a side of the support plate 831 away from the support plate 724 and a spring 8322 sleeved on the socket post 8321 .
  • One end of the spring 8322 abuts against the supporting plate 831 , and the other end abuts against the mounting seat 833 of the sample loading chamber, so as to adjust the distance between the mounting base 833 of the sample adding chamber and the supporting plate 831 .
  • the socket post 8321 can be omitted.
  • the spring 8322 may be replaced by an elastic member made of other materials.
  • the socket post 8321 can be a part of the supporting plate 831 .
  • the sleeve post 8321 can be disposed on the mounting seat 833 of the sample loading chamber.
  • the spring 8322 can also be replaced by other elastic parts such as plastic, torsion spring, metal strip with elastic deformation and the like.
  • the mounting base body 8331 is used to be placed in the supporting base body 81 such as the fastening hole 812 to slide in the fastening hole 812 .
  • the side of the mounting base body 8331 away from the support plate 831 is provided with a sample chamber placement groove 8332 for installing a detection card.
  • the mounting base body 8331 is provided with a sleeve groove 8333 facing the side of the support assembly 832 for abutting against the mounting base body 8331 when the spring 8322 is placed in the sleeve groove 8333 .
  • the socket groove 8333 can be omitted.
  • the edge of the mounting base body 8331 facing the support assembly 832 is provided with a clamping edge 8334, so that the mounting base body 8331 extends into the fastening hole 812 from the support base body 81 toward the support assembly 832 side, preventing the mounting base body 8331 from being supported.
  • the side of the seat main body 81 away from the support assembly 832 is slipped off from the support seat main body 81 .
  • the mounting base body 8331 is provided with a heating element accommodating groove 8335 for accommodating heating elements such as heating resistors, so that the mounting base body 8331 can heat the detection card.
  • the heating device can be electrically connected with the second circuit board 84 to be heated under the control of the second circuit board 84 .
  • the heating element accommodating groove 8335 is located between the socket groove 8333 and the sample loading cavity accommodating groove 8332 .
  • the mounting seat body 8331 is provided with an abutting portion 8336 on one side edge of the sample loading chamber seating groove 8332 for abutting against the detection card.
  • the abutting portion 8336 can also be used to position the detection card.
  • the second circuit board 84 can be electrically connected to the heating device in the detection chamber assembly 82 and the heating device in the sample adding chamber assembly 83 respectively, so as to control the heating device for heating.
  • the second circuit board 84 can be a ring structure, and can be sleeved around the sample chamber assembly 83 .
  • the second circuit board 84 can be directly fixed on the side of the support base body 81 close to the support frame 70 such as the support plate 724 , for example, can be fixed by means of welding, plugging, buckling, bonding, screwing and the like.
  • the second circuit board 84 may also be directly fixed on the support frame 70 such as the support plate 724 .
  • the second circuit board 84 may also be directly fixed on the supporting frame 70 such as the supporting portion 715 .
  • the second circuit board 84 may also be directly fixed on the sample loading chamber assembly 83 such as the support plate 831 .
  • first circuit board in other embodiments is referred to as “second circuit board”, and accordingly, the "second circuit board” in other embodiments is referred to as “first circuit board”. ".
  • the second circuit board 84 can be omitted without sharing the working pressure for the control circuit board 40, and the heating device in the detection chamber assembly 82 and the heating device in the sample chamber assembly 83 can be directly connected with The control circuit board 40 is electrically connected.
  • the detection assembly 90 may include a light generator 91 mounted on the support frame 70 such as the base body 711, a light receiving assembly 92 mounted on the support frame 70 such as the base body 711, and a detection device mounted on the support base 80 such as the support base body 81.
  • the chamber assembly 82 (ie the detection chamber assembly 82 of the support base 80 described above, the detection chamber assembly 82 may be a common component of the support base 80 and the detection assembly 90 ). Wherein, both the light generator 91 and the light receiving component 92 are electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the light generator 91 is used to generate excitation light, and can generate excitation light under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the excitation light can be transmitted to the detection cavity assembly 82 to excite the detection card and generate fluorescence, the fluorescence can be received by the light receiving assembly 92 , and the light receiving assembly 92 can generate a detection signal under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the detection signal is transmitted to the control circuit board 40 and the control circuit board 40 processes and generates diagnostic data.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of the light generator 91 in FIG. 33 .
  • the number of light generators 91 may be one or more. Specifically, the number of light generators 91 may be one of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.... In an embodiment, the number of light generators 91 may be two, specifically a first light generator 911 and a second light generator 912 .
  • Both the first light generator 911 and the second light generator 912 can be fixed on the fixing base 72 such as the mounting base 721, and can be fixed on the fixing base 72 by plugging, welding, screwing, bonding, buckling, etc. On seat 721.
  • the excitation light output end of the first light generator 911 can pass through the fixing hole 7221 to be fixed on the first fixing plate 722 .
  • the excitation light output end of the second light generator 912 can pass through the fixing hole 7231 to be fixed on the second fixing plate 723 .
  • the light generator 91 such as the first light generator 911, may include a main housing 913 provided with a receiving cavity 9130, a light source 914 installed in the receiving cavity 9130, a first lens module 915 installed in the receiving cavity 9130, and a The functional diaphragm group 916 in the receiving cavity 9130 and the excitation optical fiber 917 extending into the receiving cavity 9130 .
  • the light source 914 can be electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 through circuit wiring, and is used to generate excitation light under the control of the control circuit board 40 .
  • the excitation light can pass through the first lens module 915 and the functional diaphragm group 916 in sequence, and then be coupled into the excitation fiber 917 .
  • the main housing 913 may include a front housing 9131 provided with a first sub-accommodating chamber 9131a, and a rear housing 9132 buckled with the front housing 9131 and provided with a second sub-accommodating chamber 9132a.
  • the first sub-accommodating cavity 9131a and the second sub-accommodating cavity 9132a form the accommodating cavity 9130 .
  • the front housing 9131 may include a front housing main body 9133 snapped to the rear housing 9132 and a front housing cover 9134 covering the side of the front housing main body 9133 away from the rear housing 9132 .
  • the front housing main body 9133 can be made of hard material such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the front housing body 9133 is provided with a first sub-accommodating chamber 9131a.
  • the front housing main body 9133 is provided with a first accommodating hole 9131 b communicating with the first sub-accommodating chamber 9131 a on a side away from the rear housing 9132 to make room for the light source 914 .
  • the front housing cover plate 9134 can be made of hard materials such as plastics and metals.
  • the front housing cover 9134 can be buckled with the front housing main body 9133, for example, fixedly connected by means of welding, buckling, inserting, screwing and the like.
  • a circuit trace electrically connected to the light source 914 and a first electrical interface 9141 electrically connected to the circuit trace may be provided on the front housing cover 9134 .
  • the first electrical interface 9141 can be disposed on the side where the front case cover 9134 is engaged with the front case cover 9134 .
  • the first electrical interface 9141 can be electrically connected with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the rear case 9132 may include a rear case body 9135 snapped together with the front case body 9131 such as the front case body 9133 and a rear case covered on the side of the rear case body 9135 away from the front case body 9131 such as the front case body 9133 Body Cover 9136.
  • the rear housing main body 9135 can be made of hard materials such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the rear housing body 9135 is provided with a second sub-accommodating cavity 9132a.
  • the rear housing main body 9135 can be fixedly connected with the front housing 9131 such as the front housing main body 9133 by inserting, buckling, screwing, welding, bonding and the like.
  • the rear housing cover plate 9136 can be made of hard material such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the rear case cover 9136 is provided with a second accommodating hole 9136 a communicating with the second sub-accommodating cavity 9132 a for installing the exciting optical fiber 917 .
  • the light source 914 may be an LED light. Specifically, it can be a blue LED lamp with a peak wavelength of 470nm. Of course, other types of light sources are also possible.
  • the light source 914 can be electrically connected with the circuit wiring on the front housing cover plate 9134 to realize the electrical connection with the control circuit board 40 .
  • the light source 914 is disposed on a side of the front housing cover 9134 close to the front housing body 9133 .
  • the light source 914 is disposed opposite to the first receiving hole 9131b. In one embodiment, the light source 914 can extend into the first accommodating hole 9131b, of course, it can also extend from the first accommodating hole 9131b into the first sub-accommodating cavity 9131a.
  • the first lens module 915 is installed in the first sub-cavity 9131a. Its optical axis can be the same as that of the light source 914 so that the excitation light emitted by the light source 914 can pass through, so that the beam of the excitation light can be narrowed and the focal length can be reduced, so that the excitation light can be better coupled into the excitation fiber 917 .
  • the first lens module 915 may include a first lens 9151 , a second lens 9152 having the same optical axis as the first lens 9151 , and a first clamping ring 9153 for fixing the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 .
  • the optical axis of the first lens 9151 is the same as that of the light source 914 .
  • the optical axis of the first lens 9151 or the optical axis of the second lens 9152 may be referred to as the optical axis of the first lens module 915 .
  • the lenses such as the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 are both positive lenses with a positive focal length.
  • Lenses such as the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 may specifically be plano-convex lenses.
  • Plano-convex lens is a kind of positive lens. Its main functions in the optical system are beam expansion, imaging, beam collimation, focusing collimation, beam collimation point light source and other purposes.
  • One of the incident surface and the outgoing surface of the plano-convex lens is convex, and the other is flat.
  • the incident surface of the first lens 9151 is a plane, and the outgoing surface is a convex surface.
  • the incident surface of the second lens 9152 is a convex surface, and the outgoing surface is a plane.
  • the incident surface of the first lens 9151 is opposite to the light source 914 .
  • the incident surface of the second lens 9152 is opposite to the outgoing surface of the first lens 9151 .
  • the outgoing surface of the second lens 9152 is opposite to the functional diaphragm group 916 .
  • the first clamping ring 9153 can be sleeved around the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 so as to fix the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 .
  • the side of the first clamping ring 9153 facing the light source 914 abuts against the front housing 9131 such as the front housing main body 9133, and the first clamping ring 9153 is away from One side of the light source 914 abuts against the rear housing 9132 , such as the rear housing main body 9135 , so as to realize the fixing of the first lens module 915 by the front housing 9131 and the rear housing 9132 .
  • the first lens module 915 may also include other types of lenses such as convex lenses, concave lenses, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • the arrangement of the first lens 9151 and the second lens 9152 inside the first lens module 915 is not limited to the above-mentioned, and other methods are also possible. It is fixed on the front housing 9131 such as the front housing main body 9133 by means of buckle, screw connection and the like.
  • the functional diaphragm group 916 is used for filtering the excitation light, adjusting the excitation light and other functions.
  • the functional diaphragm set 916 may include the The optical filter 9161, the uniform light sheet 9162 and the second fastening ring 9163 in the second sub-accommodating cavity 9132a.
  • the filter 9161 is used to receive the excitation light passing through the first lens module 915 such as the second lens 9152 to filter the stray light in the excitation light.
  • Filter 9161 is also called fluorescence filter.
  • Fluorescence filter is a key optical component used in life science instruments and biomedicine. Its main function is to select and separate the excitation light and the characteristic band spectrum of emitted fluorescence in biological, medical and other fluorescence inspection and analysis systems, and then Observed by fluorescence microscopy.
  • the filter 9161 can be an excitation filter.
  • Excitation filter also known as fluorescence excitation filter (Exciting Filter, Exciter Filter, Excitation Filter), refers to a filter in a fluorescence microscope or a fluorescence imaging system that only light of the wavelength that excites fluorescence can pass through. There is direct use of laser light (that is, the light source 914 can emit laser light) as the excitation light.
  • the side of the filter 9161 away from the first lens module 915 abuts against the rear housing 9132 such as the rear housing main body 9135 .
  • the side of the filter 9161 close to the first lens module 915 such as the second lens 9152 abuts against the second clamping ring 9163 to realize the installation and fixation of the filter 9161 and the rear housing 9132 .
  • other ways can also be used to fix the optical filter 9161 on the rear housing 9132 such as the rear housing main body 9135 , for example, by means of bonding, inserting, buckling, screwing and the like.
  • the filter 9161 can be an excitation filter.
  • the optical filter 9161 can specifically be an excitation filter of EX450-475 (excitation wavelength 450-475 nm).
  • the dodging film 9162 is used to receive the excitation light transmitted through the light filter 9161 .
  • Homogenizing sheet 9162 is also called homogenizing mirror, diffuser or homogenizer, which is used to convert the excitation light into a uniform light spot of any shape.
  • the dodging film 9162 is used to receive the excitation light transmitted through the light filter 9161 .
  • the side of the uniform light sheet 9162 close to the optical filter 9161 abuts against the optical filter 9161, and the side of the uniform light sheet 9162 away from the optical filter 9161 abuts against the rear housing 9132 such as the rear housing cover 9136 to achieve The fixation of dodging sheet 9162.
  • the rear housing 9132 such as the rear housing cover 9136
  • Other ways can also be used to fix the dodging sheet 9162 on the rear housing 9132 , for example, by means of bonding, inserting, buckling, screwing and the like.
  • excitation fiber 917 can extend into the rear housing 9132 such as the second receiving hole 9136a, so that the excitation light transmitted through the light homogenizing sheet 9162 is coupled into the excitation fiber 917.
  • the excitation optical fiber 917 can also extend into the rear housing 9132 such as the second sub-accommodating cavity 9132a.
  • the other end of the excitation fiber 917 can be coupled to at least one excitation fiber 8226, so that multiple photodetectors 821 use the same excitation light for detection, which can reduce detection errors caused by different excitation light.
  • the number of light detection elements 821 is six, and the excitation optical fiber 917 of the first light generator 911 can be coupled with the excitation optical fibers 8226 of three light detection elements 821 .
  • the excitation optical fiber 917 of the second light generator 912 can be coupled with the excitation optical fiber 8226 of the three photodetectors 821 .
  • the excitation fiber 917 has a diameter of about 2.5mm. Specifically, it may be 2.5 mm.
  • the light receiving assembly 92 may include a light receiving element 921 electrically connected to the control circuit board 40, an optical path assembly 922 for optically connecting with the detection cavity assembly 82, a first light receiving element 921 arranged on the light receiving element 921 and used for fixing the optical path assembly 922.
  • the fluorescence is transmitted to the light receiving element 921 through the optical path assembly 922 .
  • the light receiving element 921 generates a detection signal and transmits the detection signal to the control circuit board 40 .
  • FIG. 44 is a structural diagram of the light receiving element 921 in FIG. 33 .
  • the light receiving element 921 may include a fixed plate 9211 in a ring shape and arranged with circuit traces, a second electrical interface 9212 arranged on the fixed plate 9211 and electrically connected to the circuit traces, and a circumference evenly distributed on the fixed plate 9211 and connected to the circuit
  • the light sensor 9213 is electrically connected by traces.
  • the light receiving element 921 can be used to receive fluorescence.
  • the light receiving element 921 is electrically connected to the control circuit board 40 through the second electrical interface 9212 , so as to transmit the detection signal triggered by the fluorescence to the control circuit board 40 .
  • the fixing plate 9211 can be installed on the support frame 70 such as the isolation slot 713 and the fixing portion 714 on the base body 711 .
  • the fixing plate 9211 can be spaced apart from the base body 711 at the isolation groove 713 .
  • the fixing plate 9211 can also extend into the isolation groove 713 to form a buckle structure with the base body 711 .
  • the fixing plate 9211 can be connected and fixed to the base body 711 at the fixing part 714 by screwing, buckling, inserting, bonding, welding and the like.
  • the fixing plate 9211 can surround the fixing groove 712 .
  • the size of the fixing plate 9211 can be similar to the size of the support base 80, such as the support base body 81, or even the same size, so that the receiving optical fiber channel 8227 of the support base 80, such as the detection cavity assembly 82, is located above the optical sensor 9213, even Located directly above the optical sensor 9213, it reduces the difficulty of arranging the receiving optical fiber 8228.
  • the light sensor 9213 is a photodiode.
  • the optical path assembly 922 may include at least one sub-optical path assembly 9221 .
  • the number of sub-optical path assemblies 9221 may be consistent with the number of photosensors 9213 in the light receiving element 921, so that the sub-optical path assemblies 9221 correspond to the photosensors 9213 one-to-one.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of the sub-optical path assembly 9221 in FIG. 43 .
  • Fig. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the sub-optical path assembly in Fig. 45 .
  • the sub-optical assembly 9221 may include a second lens module 9222 that transmits fluorescence to the light sensor 9213 and a receiving optical fiber 9223 that transmits fluorescence to the second lens module 9222 .
  • the second lens module 9222 may include a third lens 9224 installed in the first gasket 923, a third clamping ring 9225 for fixing the third lens 9224 in the first gasket 923, and a third clamp ring 9225 installed in the second gasket 924.
  • the fourth fastening ring 9226 and the fourth lens 9227 fixed in the second washer 924 by the fourth fastening ring 9226 .
  • the lenses such as the third lens 9224 and the fourth lens 9227 are both positive lenses with a positive focal length.
  • Lenses such as the third lens 9224 and the fourth lens 9227 may specifically be plano-convex lenses.
  • Plano-convex lens is a kind of positive lens. Its main functions in the optical system are beam expansion, imaging, beam collimation, focusing collimation, beam collimation point light source and other purposes.
  • One of the incident surface and the outgoing surface of the plano-convex lens is convex, and the other is flat.
  • the incident surface of the third lens 9224 is a convex surface, and the outgoing surface is a plane.
  • the incident surface of the fourth lens 9227 is a plane, and the outgoing surface is a convex surface.
  • the incident surface of the third lens 9224 is opposite to the outgoing surface of the fourth lens 9227 .
  • the outgoing surface of the third lens 9224 is opposite to the light sensor 9213 .
  • the incident surface of the fourth lens 9227 is opposite to the receiving optical fiber 9223 .
  • an emission filter (Emission Filter, Emitting Filter, Barrier Filter, Emitter) may also be provided between the third lens 9224 and the fourth lens 9227.
  • the emission filter refers to the filter used to select and transmit the fluorescence emitted by the detected substance. Except for the autofluorescence of the detected substance, other ranges of light are cut off. Usually the wavelength of the emitted light is longer than the wavelength of the excitation light. Select Narrowband Filters, Bandpass Filters, or Longpass Filters as emission filters.
  • the emission filter may specifically be an excitation filter of EM522-645 (emission wavelength 522-645 nm).
  • the third clamping ring 9225 is disposed on one side of the incident surface of the third lens 9224 to press the third lens 9224 against the first washer 923 to realize the fixing of the third lens 9224 .
  • the fourth clamping ring 9226 is disposed on one side of the exit surface of the fourth lens 9227 to press the fourth lens 9227 against the second washer 924 to realize the fixing of the fourth lens 9227 .
  • names such as “first fastening ring”, “second fastening ring”, “third fastening ring”, “fourth fastening ring” and “fastening ring” can be interchanged.
  • the "first fastening ring” in other embodiments is called “second fastening ring”
  • the “second fastening ring” in other embodiments is called “second fastening ring”.
  • One snap ring
  • the second lens module 9222 may also include other types of lenses such as convex lenses, concave lenses, etc., and other functional films such as dodging films, filters, etc., which will not be described in detail.
  • the arrangement of the third lens 9224 and the fourth lens 9227 is not limited to the above-mentioned, and other methods are also possible.
  • the third lens 9224 can be directly fixed on the first Washer 923 on.
  • the fourth lens 9227 can be directly fixed on the second washer 924 by means of bonding, inserting, buckling, screwing and the like.
  • the second lens module 9222 is provided with an emission filter between the third lens 9224 and the fourth lens 9227 .
  • the emission filter refers to the filter used to select and transmit the fluorescence emitted by the detected substance. Except for the autofluorescence of the detected substance, other ranges of light are cut off. Usually the wavelength of the emitted light is longer than the wavelength of the excitation light. Choose band filter, band pass filter or long wave pass filter etc. as emission filter.
  • the emission filter can be placed between the first gasket 923 and the second gasket 924 to achieve a fixed connection to the emission filter.
  • the receiving fiber 9223 may include a receiving fiber body 9223a and a receiving fiber connector 9223b disposed at the end of the receiving fiber body 9223a.
  • the receiving optical fiber connector 9223b is placed in the first gasket 923 and/or the second gasket 924 to transmit fluorescence to the second lens module 9222 such as the fourth lens 9227 .
  • the connection between the receiving fiber body 9223 a and the receiving fiber connector 9223 b forms a fixed position, so as to cooperate with the clamping component 925 .
  • the receiving optical fiber 9223 for example, the receiving optical fiber body 9223a has a diameter of about 2.5 mm. Specifically, it may be 2.5mm.
  • One end of the receiving optical fiber 9223 can be connected with a receiving optical fiber 8228, so that the fluorescence is transmitted to the light sensor 9213 through the receiving optical fiber 8228 and the receiving optical fiber 9223.
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic structural diagram of the first washer 923 in FIG. 43 .
  • the first washer 923 can be made of hard material such as metal, plastic and so on.
  • the first washer 923 can be in a ring structure, and specifically can be in the same shape as the fixing plate 9211 , so that the first washer 923 and the fixing plate 9211 are stacked.
  • the first washer 923 can be fixed together with the fixing plate 9211 by means of screwing, welding, buckling, bonding and the like.
  • a relief notch 9231 is provided on the first washer 923 to make space for the light receiving element 921 such as the second electrical interface 9212 .
  • the second electrical interface 9212 can be placed in the gap 9231 .
  • a plurality of first filling holes 9232 are evenly distributed around the circumference of the first gasket 923 for installing the second lens module 9222 such as the third lens 9224 and the third clamping ring 9225 .
  • the side of the third lens 9224 facing the light sensor 9213 can be in contact with the first gasket 923 .
  • the side of the third lens 9224 away from the light sensor 9213 can be in contact with the third clamping ring 9225 , so as to realize the fixed connection of the third clamping ring 9225 and the first washer 923 to the third lens 9224 .
  • the first filling hole 9232 can be disposed opposite to the light sensor 9213 so that the light sensor 9213 can receive fluorescence.
  • the light sensor 9213 can protrude into the first filling hole 9232 .
  • the outgoing surface of the third lens 9224 can be in contact with the first gasket 923 .
  • the third fastening ring 9225 can be fixedly connected with the first washer 923 to realize the connection and fixation of the third lens 9224 .
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of the second washer 924 in FIG. 43 .
  • the second washer 924 can be made of hard material such as metal, plastic and so on.
  • the second washer 924 can be in a ring structure, and specifically can be in the same shape as the first washer 923 so that the first washer 923 and the second washer 924 are stacked.
  • the second gasket 924 is provided with a relief notch 9241 opposite to the relief notch 9231 to make space for the second electrical interface 9212 .
  • the second electrical interface 9212 can be placed in the relief notch 9231 and the relief notch 9241 .
  • the first washer 923 and the second washer 924 can be fixed together by means of screwing, welding, buckling, bonding and the like. In one embodiment, the first washer 923 and the second washer 924 are integrally structured.
  • a plurality of second filling holes 9242 are evenly distributed on the circumference of the second gasket 924 for installing the second lens module 9222 such as the fourth lens 9227 and the fourth fastening ring 9226 .
  • the second filling hole 9242 can be disposed opposite to the first filling hole 9232 so that the light sensor 9213 can receive fluorescence.
  • the side of the fourth lens 9227 facing the light sensor 9213 can abut against the fourth fastening ring 9226 .
  • the side of the fourth lens 9227 away from the light sensor 9213 can abut against the second gasket 924 to realize the fixed connection of the fourth locking ring 9226 and the second gasket 924 to the fourth lens 9227 .
  • the receiving optical fiber connector 9223b of the receiving optical fiber 9223 can extend away from the second gasket 924 into the second filling hole 9242 .
  • first gasket 923 and the second gasket 924 can form a component housing, and the first filling hole 9232 communicates with the second filling hole 9242 to form a filling hole.
  • the clamping component 925 is disposed on a side of the second gasket 924 away from the first gasket 923 for fixing and receiving the optical fiber 9223 .
  • the clamping assembly 925 may include a plurality of second clamping pieces 9251 uniformly distributed around the circumference.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic structural diagram of the second clamping piece 9251 in FIG. 43 .
  • the second clamping piece 9251 can be made of hard material such as plastic, metal and the like.
  • the second clamping piece 9251 can include a clamping body 9252 .
  • the clamping body 9252 can be in the shape of a strip, so as to be disposed on the second washer 924 .
  • the locking body 9252 is arranged with a plurality of locking holes 9253 along its extending direction.
  • the fastening hole 9253 extends inward from the edge.
  • the clamping body 9252 can be attached to the side of the second gasket 924 away from the first gasket 923, so that the receiving fiber connector 9223b is locked in the second filling hole 9242 by the locking teeth 9254, so that the receiving fiber body 9223a is located between two adjacent Between the teeth 9254. A fixed connection between the receiving optical fiber 9223 and the second gasket 924 is achieved.
  • first clamping piece in other embodiments is called “second clamping piece”
  • second clamping piece in other embodiments is called “second clamping piece”.
  • One card tight piece in one embodiment, the "first clamping piece” in other embodiments is called “second clamping piece”, and correspondingly, the “second clamping piece” in other embodiments is called “second clamping piece”.
  • the clamping body 9252 is provided with a fixing portion 9255 to achieve a fixed connection between the clamping body 9252 and the second washer 924 .
  • the fixing part 9255 can be a perforated hole, so as to pass through the fixing part 9255 through structures such as screws and bolts, and then pass through the second washer 924 and the first washer 923, and then be screwed to the light receiving member 921 such as the fixing plate 9211 fixed.
  • clamping body 9252 can also be connected and fixed to the second washer 924 in other ways such as plugging, buckling, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • all the second clamping pieces 9251 in the clamping assembly 925 are integrated.
  • control circuit board 40 may include a first sub-control circuit board 41 fixed on the frame 10 such as the circuit mounting board 13 and a second sub-control circuit placed on the top of the frame 10 such as the top plate 111 plate 42.
  • first sub-control circuit board 41 is electrically connected to the second sub-control circuit board 42 .
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be installed on the connecting column 1312 of the circuit mounting board 13 in the rack 10 to prevent the first sub-control circuit board 41 from being directly connected to the main body 131 of the mounting board.
  • the connecting post 1312 when the connecting post 1312 is omitted, the first sub-control circuit board 41 can also be directly fixed on the installation board main body 131 .
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the frame 10 such as the first driving member 1212 so as to control the sliding position of the testing card delivery base 20 relative to the frame 10 .
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the pressing plate 50, such as the first circuit board 55, so as to control the electromagnetic part 52, and magnetically attract the pressing part 53, so as to control the heating assembly 54, and heat the detection card .
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the shipping component 60 such as the second driving member 6141 , so as to control the third driving member 64 and the card tray 65 to slide relative to the carriage 61 together.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected to the consignment component 60 such as the third driving member 64, so as to control the third driving member 64 to drive the card holder 65 to perform centrifugation on the detection card.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected to the detection chamber assembly 82 such as a heating device, so as to control the detection seat 822 and heat the detection card.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected to the sample loading chamber assembly 83 such as a heating device, so as to control the sample loading chamber installation seat 833 to heat the detection card.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the detection component 90 such as the light source 914 so as to control the light source 914 to emit excitation light.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the detection component 90 such as the light sensor 9213, so as to control the light sensor 9213 to receive fluorescence.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the frame 10, such as the first limit switch 15, and the detection card delivery seat 20, such as the light sensor 616, In order to control the position where the third driving member 64 in the consignment unit 62 drives the card holder 65 to slide.
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected to the frame 10 such as the first sub-limit switch 162 and the second sub-limit switch 163 , so as to control the sliding position of the shipping assembly 60 .
  • the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be electrically connected with the carrier 62 such as the positioning light generator 615 and the supporting frame 70 such as the positioning light receiver 716 so as to control the position of the detection card.
  • the second sub-control circuit board 42 can be installed above the rack 10 such as the top plate 111 .
  • the second sub-control circuit board 42 may be arranged at a position where the casing is opposite to the top plate 111 .
  • the second sub-control circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to an output device such as a display, a printer, etc., so as to output the diagnostic data of the molecular diagnostic device 100 through the output device.
  • an output device such as a display, a printer, etc.
  • the second sub-control circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to input devices such as a display, a keyboard, and a code scanning device 14, so as to input control instructions to the molecular diagnostic device 100 such as the control circuit board 40 through the input device, so that the molecular diagnostic device 100 can pass through the control circuit board.
  • 40 controls the test card delivery seat 20 and/or the test card detection seat 30 .
  • one of the second sub-control circuit board 42 and the first sub-control circuit board 41 can be omitted, and both are integrated on one sub-control circuit board.
  • a detection card which can be used in the molecular diagnostic device 100 in the above-mentioned embodiment to complete the detection of the samples loaded on the detection card and further process to form diagnostic data.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a detection card in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the test card 93 is also called a molecular diagnostic centrifuge test card or a test card.
  • the detection card 93 may include a body 94 provided with a sample loading chamber, a flow channel, a waste liquid chamber, an isolation chamber and a detection chamber, an isolation layer 95 covering one side of the body 94, and a cover covering the sample loading chamber of the body 94 96.
  • the specific body 94 can be made of ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene plastic, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic), PDMS (Polydimethylsiloxane, polydimethylsiloxane), PC (Polycarbonate, polycarbonate), PMMA (Polymethyl methacrylate , polymethyl methacrylate), PS (General purpose polystyrene, polystyrene), PP (Polypropylene, polypropylene), COC (copolymers of cycloolefin, cycloolefin copolymer) or COP (Cyclo Olefin Polymer, cycloolefin polymer ) and other materials, processed by injection molding, CNC machine tool processing or 3D printing.
  • the body 94 as a whole can be a plate-like structure. It is generally fan-shaped, and specifically can be fan-shaped, fan-bladed or pie-shaped.
  • the body 94 is fan-shaped formed by sequentially connecting two straight sides and one arc-shaped side end to end.
  • the body 94 is a sector ring formed by sequentially connecting a straight line side, an outer arc-shaped side, a straight line side, and an inner arc-shaped side end to end.
  • the body 94 can also be in other shapes, which will not be repeated here.
  • the angle between the two straight sides of the fan-shaped structure of the body 94 may be 40°-60°, the diameter of the inner arc side may be 10mm-100mm, and the diameter of the outer arc side may be 100mm-200mm.
  • detection cards 93 at least 6 detection cards can be arranged in the detection plane of the molecular diagnostic device 100 to form a circular surface, so that at least 6 detection cards 93 can be detected simultaneously, improving the overall detection efficiency , which can meet the needs of large-scale detection.
  • the body 94 is close to the center of the outer arc edge or the inner arc edge and protrudes toward a side away from the isolation layer 95 to provide a mounting portion 941 .
  • a sample adding chamber 9411 is recessed on a side of the body 94 close to the isolation layer 95 and at a position opposite to the mounting portion 941 , for sample addition in the sample adding chamber 9411 .
  • the sample loading chamber 9411 is mainly used for pretreatment of samples (liquid samples), and the pretreatment methods may include one or more methods, such as chemical treatment, heat treatment, enzyme treatment and physical separation.
  • the volume of the sample loading chamber 9411 is approximately 200-2000 ⁇ L. Dried reagents can be preloaded in the sample loading chamber 9411, and can be air-dried/dried in situ, or can be added into the sample loading chamber 9411 as freeze-dried reagents.
  • the main body 94 is provided with a fourth fastening portion 942 on a side away from the isolation layer 95 and near the outer arc edge, so as to cooperate with the shipping component 60 such as the second fastening portion 654 .
  • the fourth fastening portion 942 may be a protrusion. It can be understood that the positions of the second fastening portion 654 and the fourth fastening portion 942 can be interchanged, and the second fastening portion 654 and the fourth fastening portion 942 can also be fastened in other ways.
  • first fastening part names such as “first fastening part”, “second fastening part”, “third fastening part”, “fourth fastening part” and “fastening part” can be interchanged.
  • first fastening part in other embodiments is called “second fastening part”
  • second fastening part in other embodiments is called “second fastening part”.
  • the main body 94 is bent toward the side away from the isolation layer 95 at the edge of one straight line close to the outer arc edge, and the first stopper 943 is bent toward the side away from the isolation layer 95 at the edge of the other straight line close to the outer arc edge.
  • a second limiting portion 944 protrudes from one side. The first limiting portion 943 of the body 94 cooperates with the second limiting portion 944 to fix the detection card 93, so that the centrifugation process of the detection card 93 can be carried out smoothly.
  • a waste liquid chamber 9441 is recessed at a position opposite to the limiting portion 944 .
  • Each socket set may include a first socket 945 and a second socket 946 .
  • the connection between the first socket part 945 and the second socket part 946 can be through the center of the outer arc edge.
  • the first insertion portion 945 is disposed between the installation portion 941 and the second insertion portion 946 .
  • the arrangement of the first insertion part 945 and the second insertion part 946 can cooperate with the detection card detection seat 30 such as the isolation groove 8224 and the detection groove 8223 .
  • An isolation chamber 9451 is recessed on a side of the body 94 close to the isolation layer 95 and opposite to the first insertion portion 945 .
  • the isolation cavity 9451 is provided with a meltable isolation body.
  • the separator is switchable between a molten state and an unfused state (usually solid).
  • the isolator can be controlled to be in an unmelted state. At this time, the isolator can prevent the sample from entering the detection cavity 9461 (as shown in FIG. 52 ) through the flow channel.
  • the separator can be paraffin, microcrystalline, synthetic, or natural wax.
  • a detection cavity 9461 is recessed on a side of the body 94 close to the isolation layer 95 and opposite to the second insertion portion 946 .
  • the detection chamber 9461 is provided with reagents.
  • the isolation cavity 9451 communicates with the detection cavity 9461 on a side close to the isolation layer 95 .
  • the isolation body in the isolation cavity 9451 can also be used to seal the isolation reagents, so as to prevent the reagents from entering the isolation cavity 9451 in reverse. Reagents are maintained within detection chamber 9461.
  • the isolator When performing the test, the isolator can be controlled to be in a molten state, and at this time, the sample can enter the detection chamber 9461 through the sample loading chamber 9411 to react with the reagent in the detection chamber 9461 to complete the detection.
  • Reagents and meltable spacers can be stacked in the detection chamber 9461 .
  • the separator can be paraffin, microcrystalline, synthetic, or natural wax.
  • the isolator is characterized in that it is solid at room temperature and low temperature, and becomes liquid when heated to a specific temperature, and has no inhibitory effect on nucleic acid amplification reactions.
  • the reagent can be a dry reagent, and the dry reagent includes primers and DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid, deoxyribonucleic acid) binding dyes, enzymes, magnesium sulfate, potassium chloride, dNTPs (Nucleoside triphosphate, deoxyribonucleic acid) used in the amplification reaction.
  • the dry reagent is loaded into the detection chamber 9461 in a liquid state, and is formed into a dry reagent through a drying process.
  • the temperature of the drying process is lower than the melting temperature of the isolator.
  • the drying process includes air drying, oven drying, and freeze drying. During the detection and heating process, both the reagent and the spacer are in a liquid state. Since the specific gravity of the spacer is smaller than that of the reagent, the spacer is displaced out of the detection chamber 9461 under the action of the centrifugal field, so that the reaction and detection are not affected.
  • the isolator is loaded into the detection cavity 9461 in a molten state and is formed by natural solidification or cooling and solidification.
  • the isolator can be controlled to be in an unmelted state, and at this time, the sealed and isolated storage of the reagent can be realized through the isolator.
  • the isolator can be controlled to be in a melting state, for example, by heating the detection card 93, so that the isolator is heated and melted.
  • the isolator can move out of the detection cavity 9461 and flow to the isolation cavity 9451, and the sample can enter the detection cavity 9461, and then the spacer solidifies again to block the mouth of the detection cavity 9461, thereby forming a mutual isolation seal for multiple detection cavities 9461, so that the detection cavities 9461 can react independently or test.
  • the main body 94 is provided with a flow channel 947 on a side close to the isolation layer 95 to communicate with the sample injection chamber 9411 and the isolation chamber 9451 .
  • the main body 94 is provided with an abutting groove 948 on a side away from the isolation layer 95 and opposite to the flow channel 947 so as to cooperate with the abutting portion 8336 .
  • the abutting part 8336 can be placed in the abutting groove 948 to heat the part of the flow channel 947 to avoid condensation of water vapor in the flow channel 947, thereby reducing the impact on the subsequent detection process and improving detection accuracy.
  • the abutment groove 948 may be omitted.
  • the isolation layer 95 can be a film structure, and of course can also be other structures.
  • the isolation layer 95 can be made of compacted adhesive, ultraviolet curing adhesive or optical grade double-sided adhesive, or can be made of a material similar to that of the body 94 .
  • the isolation layer 95 can be attached to the body 94, and can be sealed and fixed by, for example, ultrasonic welding, laser welding, adhesive sealing, etc., so as to isolate the flow channel 947, the waste liquid chamber 9441, the isolation chamber 9451 and the detection chamber 9461.
  • the cover body 96 covers the mouth of the sample adding chamber 9411 . To seal and isolate the sample loading chamber 9411. When it is necessary to add a sample, the cover 96 can be opened, the sample can be added to the sample adding chamber 9411, and then the cover 96 can be closed.
  • the cover body 96 can block water and ventilate, so that the water vapor generated during the heating process can be discharged, and the air pressure in the test card 93 can be reduced, so as to ensure a good ventilating effect, and can block the aerosol and biomolecules generated in the amplification reaction, etc.
  • the escape of pollutants avoids detection of contamination to personnel and the environment.
  • the detection card 93 When the detection card 93 is centrifugally rotated, the sample liquid passes through the sample adding chamber 9411 and the flow channel 947 . At this time, the spacer is solid, thereby sealing the detection chamber 9461 , and the sample liquid cannot flow into the detection chamber 9461 . After the sample liquid is heated, the spacer is heated and melted and flows to the detection chamber 9461 , so that the flow channel 947 can communicate with the detection chamber 9461 , and the sample liquid can flow into the detection chamber 9461 through it.
  • the spacer Since the specific gravity of the spacer is smaller than that of the reagent, the spacer is displaced onto the reagent under the action of the centrifugal field, which does not affect the reaction and detection, and at the same time, the detection chamber 9461 can be sealed.
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic diagram of the process of using the detection card in FIG. 50 .
  • the specific steps can be as follows:
  • Step S5301 The sample loading chamber receives the sample.
  • the heating method can be a metal heating block, heating air flow, electromagnetic waves (infrared radiation, laser, microwave) and other methods.
  • the heating area of the detection card can be the area near the sample loading chamber.
  • the heating process needs to be heated to a specified temperature, such as 90°C. After reaching the specified temperature, keep warm for 3-10 minutes according to the specified requirements to achieve pretreatment. After the pretreatment is completed, the temperature of the sample liquid is lowered to a specified temperature, such as 60°C.
  • Step S5302 The detection card is rotated by the centrifugal force so that the sample flows to the detection cavity through the flow channel.
  • Centrifuge the test card spin control For example, the rotation direction can be controlled to be clockwise, the rotation speed is greater than 1000rpm, and the rotation time is about 10-15s.
  • the sample liquid can flow from the sample loading chamber to the detection chamber through the flow channel, so as to facilitate subsequent filling of the sample in the detection chamber. Excess sample fluid goes to the waste chamber.
  • Step S5303 heating and melting the spacer, so that the sample flows into the detection chamber and mixes with the reagent in the detection chamber.
  • Step S5304 Centrifugal rotation, so that the spacer is replaced with the sample in the detection chamber, and the inlet end of the detection chamber is sealed.
  • the motor can rotate clockwise, the rotation speed is greater than 1000rpm, and the rotation time is 10-15s.
  • the sample enters the detection chamber, and the spacer and the aqueous solution in the detection chamber are replaced, and the spacer is transferred to the inlet port of the detection chamber, thereby completing the sealing of each detection chamber.
  • change the motor control parameters to make the detection card rotate clockwise and counterclockwise alternately.
  • the detection card can be controlled to rotate clockwise at a rotation speed of 3000rpm for 1s, and then rotate counterclockwise at a rotation speed of 3000rpm for 1s and alternately rotate 10-15 times.
  • the sample and the reagent in the detection chamber can be completely dissolved and mixed by this way of alternating clockwise and counterclockwise rotation.
  • the isolator flows to the inlet end of the detection chamber under the action of centrifugal force, so as to seal the inlet end of the detection chamber.
  • Step S5305 Detect the mixed mixture.
  • an amplification reaction and detection are required. If real-time detection is used, the detection and amplification reaction are performed simultaneously, and if end-point detection is used, detection is performed after the amplification is completed.
  • the amplification reaction can be realized in the following way: heating the vicinity of the detection chamber, and controlling the temperature in the range of 60°C-75°C. After reaching the specified temperature, according to the specified requirements, keep warm for 30-60 minutes to complete the amplification reaction.
  • the control circuit board 40 sets basic information such as the number, type, heating temperature, number of rotations, and operating parameters of the test card 93 to detect samples through the input device. After the basic information is set, the detection of the detection card 93 can be further enabled through the input device.
  • test card 93 loaded with samples.
  • the first driving member 1212 controls the rotation of the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 respectively through the synchronous assembly 1213, so that the pressing plate 50 drives the consignment assembly 60 to the top plate on the first guide rail 1126. 111 side slide.
  • the limit plate 5813 triggers the second limit switch 16 such as the second sub-limit switch 163
  • the pressing plate 50 reaches a predetermined position.
  • the first driving member 1212 stops running after the control circuit board 40 receives the signal that the second sub-limit switch 163 is triggered.
  • the second driving member 6141 makes the shipping member 62 slide along the second guide rail 613 to the side away from the first connecting plate 6111 through the lead screw 6142 .
  • the consignment piece 62 such as the second limiter
  • the consignment piece 62 reaches a predetermined position.
  • the second driving member 6141 stops running after the control circuit board 40 receives the signal that the first limit switch 15 is triggered.
  • the test card 93 loaded with the sample is placed at the recessed portion 653 of the consignor 62 such as the card tray 65 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the mounting portion 941 is placed in the accommodating hole 655 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the fourth fastening portion 942 is fastened with the second fastening portion 654 of the card holder 65 to complete the placement of one detection card 93 .
  • the control circuit board 40 scans the image of the information mark on the card tray 65 through the code scanning device 14, and judges whether it is the detection card 93 predetermined by the user, and if not, an early warning prompt will be given. If so, proceed to the next step.
  • the third driving member 64 starts to rotate, driving the card holder 65 to rotate, so that the next recess 653 where the test card 93 can be placed reaches a predetermined position, and then the next test card 93 is placed.
  • the detection cards 93 After the detection cards 93 are placed in the recessed portion 653 on the card holder 65 , the detection cards 93 will be uniformly distributed on the card holder 65 . If the number of detection cards 93 is not enough to be evenly distributed on the card holder 65, a trim card can be placed in the recess 653 of the card holder 65, so that the trim cards and the detection cards 93 are uniformly distributed on the card holder 65. So far the detection card 93 has been placed.
  • the second driving member 6141 makes the shipping member 62 slide along the second guide rail 613 to the side close to the first connecting plate 6111 through the lead screw 6142 .
  • the consignment 62 such as the first limiter 634
  • the consignment 62 reaches a predetermined position.
  • the second driving member 6141 stops running after the control circuit board 40 receives the signal that the light sensor 616 is triggered.
  • the sliding frame 61 positions the light generator 615 to emit light, and the light transmits through the positioning holes 576 and 517 to the card holder 65 .
  • the control circuit board 40 will confirm that the detection card is at the predetermined position.
  • the positioning light receiver 716 cannot receive the light emitted by the positioning light generator 615 .
  • the control circuit board 40 will control the third driving member 64, so that the third driving member 64 drives the card holder 65 to rotate, so that the positioning hole 6522 on the card holder 65 is set opposite to the positioning hole 576, and then the light will pass through the positioning hole 576, 517, 6522, and then received by the positioning light receiver 716. Then proceed to the next step.
  • the first driving member 1212 controls the rotation of the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 respectively through the synchronous component 1213, so that the pressing plate 50 drives the shipping component 60 to move away from the first guide rail 1126.
  • the top plate 111 slides on one side.
  • the shipping element 62 such as the card holder 65 is about to touch the support seat 80 such as the support seat main body 81 .
  • the first positioning piece 656 on the side of the card holder 65 facing the main body 81 of the support seat will extend into the second positioning piece 813. Due to the special structure of the first positioning piece 656, the first positioning piece 656 will be easily placed on the second positioning piece. In 813, the positioning of the detection card 93 is realized.
  • the detection card 93 will be located on the support base 80 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the installation part 941 will be placed in the sample chamber installation groove 8332 of the sample chamber mounting base 833 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the first insertion part 945 will be placed in the light detection part 821 such as the isolation groove 8224 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the second insertion part 946 will be placed in the light detection part 821 such as the detection slot 8223 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the first limiting portion 943 will be placed in the main body 81 of the support base 81 such as the extension groove 815 and abut against the assembly platform 816 .
  • the detection card 93 such as the second limiting portion 944 is placed in the main body 81 of the support base 81 such as the extension groove 815 and abuts against the assembly platform 816 . So far, the placement of the detection card 93 on the support base 80 is completed.
  • the pressing plate 50 When the limit plate 5813 triggers the second limit switch 16 such as the first sub-limit switch 162, the pressing plate 50 reaches a predetermined position.
  • the pressing plate 50 such as the heating assembly 54, abuts against the detection card 93 where the isolation chamber 9451 and the detection chamber 9461 are provided, and the pressing member 53, such as the relief part 5312 and the sub-relief part 5313, is opposed to the cover body 96 of the detection card 93. Make way to fasten the cover 96 . Simultaneously, because the locking member 56 is squeezed, the fixing to the pressing member 53 is loosened.
  • the heating element in the sample loading chamber assembly 83 such as the sample loading chamber mounting seat 833 and the heating device in the second heating element 542 are heated to complete the detection card 93 such as the sample loading chamber 9411. heating.
  • the heating pretreatment of the sample is realized.
  • the pressing member 53 such as the first fastening portion 5314, is sleeved on the third fastening portion 6521 of the card holder 65, thereby realizing the fixing of the pressing member 53 and the holder 65.
  • the active force produced by iron, permanent magnet, etc. makes the card holder 65 abut against the pressing member 53 more closely. In the absence of the pressing member 53 , only the electromagnetic member 52 is used to fix the pressing member 53 .
  • the first driving member 1212 controls the rotation of the first lead screw 1221 and the second lead screw 1222 respectively through the synchronous component 1213, so that the pressing plate 50 drives the consignment component 60 to approach on the first guide rail 1126.
  • the top plate 111 slides on one side.
  • the limit plate 5813 triggers the second limit switch 16 such as the second sub-limit switch 163
  • the pressing plate 50 reaches a predetermined position.
  • the first driving member 1212 stops running after the control circuit board 40 receives the signal that the second sub-limit switch 163 is triggered.
  • the third driving member 64 starts to rotate, and drives the card holder 65 to rotate, so as to realize the first centrifugal treatment on the detection card. After completion, use the cooperation of the positioning light generator 615 and the positioning light receiver 716 to realize the repositioning of the detection card.
  • the detection card 93 is delivered to the support base 80 such as the support base main body 81 again.
  • the heating element in the first heating element 541 is controlled and heated, and the heating element in the photodetection element 821 is controlled and heated.
  • the secondary heating of the detection card 93 is realized.
  • test card 93 is centrifuged again.
  • the detection card 93 is transported to the support base 80 such as the support base main body 81 .
  • the light generator 91 emits excitation light to excite the mixture in the detection chamber 9461 of the detection card 93 in the detection slot 8223 .
  • the light sensor 9213 in the light receiving component 92 receives the fluorescence.
  • the detection signal is received by the control circuit board 40 and processed to form diagnostic data.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Automatic Analysis And Handling Materials Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

一种分子诊断设备(100)及用于分子诊断设备(100)的检测卡输送座(20),涉及分子检测技术领域。在检测卡输送座(20)中,抵压盘(50)设置有第一滑轨组件(58),托运组件(60)用于放置检测卡(93),滑动架(61)在滑动方向上与抵压盘(50)之间具有抵接作用力,以与抵压盘(50)一同在滑动方向上滑动;卡托(65)与滑动架(61)连接,卡托(65)用于放置检测卡(93),检测卡(93)在滑动方向上位于抵压盘(50)远离滑动架(61)的一侧,抵压盘(50)在滑动架(61)受力克服抵接作用力时向检测卡(93)一侧移动并可移动至与检测卡(93)抵接的位置。抵压盘(50)带动托运组件(60)运动以完成检测卡(93)的运输。托运组件(60)在抵压盘(50)的带动下将检测卡(93)输送至检测卡检测座(30)上,可在托运组件(60)与检测卡检测座(30)抵接时,可减小抵压盘(50)继续运动使得托运组件(60)与检测卡检测座(30)之间相互作用的影响。

Description

分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座
本申请请求2022年02月25日申请的,申请号为2022101771627,发明名称为“分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座”的中国发明专利申请的优先权,及2022年02月25日申请的,申请号为2022204020358,发明名称为“分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座”的中国实用新型专利申请的优先权。
【技术领域】
本申请涉及分子检测技术领域,具体涉及一种分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座。
【背景技术】
对于分子诊断设备,其利用了分子诊断技术。对于分子诊断技术是指利用核酸或蛋白质作为生物标记进行临床检测的诊断技术,为疾病的预测、诊断、预防、治疗和转归提供了信息和决策依据。
在分子诊断设备对检测卡进行检测时,需要将检测卡运输到检测工位上进行检测,因此需要一个检测卡托运设备。
【发明内容】
本申请一个方面提供一种用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,包括:
抵压盘,设置有第一滑轨组件,以使所述抵压盘在所述第一滑轨组件的滑动方向上滑动;和
托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
滑动架,在所述滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述滑动架在所述抵接作用力的作用下与所述抵压盘一同在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
卡托,与所述滑动架连接,所述卡托用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测卡在所述滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为在所述滑动架受力克服所述抵接作用力时向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
在另一方面,本申请还提供一种用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,包括:
抵压盘,设置有第一滑轨组件;和
托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
滑动架,设置有第二滑轨组件,所述第二滑轨组件的滑动方向与所述第一滑轨组件的滑动方向一致;以及
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,以滑动至安装所述检测卡的位置,所述检测卡在所述第二滑轨组件的滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
在另一方面,本申请还提供一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架,呈框架结构;
抵压盘,与所述机架滑动连接,以在滑动方向上相对于所述机架滑动;和
托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
滑动架,与所述机架滑动连接,以在所述滑动方向上相对于所述机架滑动,所述滑动架在所述滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述滑动架在所述抵接作用力的作用下与所述抵压盘一同相对于所述机架在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,所述卡托用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测卡在所述滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为在所述滑动架受力克服所述抵接作用力时向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
【附图说明】
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请一实施例中分子诊断设备的立体结构示意图;
图2为图1中分子诊断设备的爆炸分解图;
图3为图1中机架的立体结构示意图;
图4为图3中驱动组件的爆炸分解图;
图5为图3中机架主体与丝杆组件的连接关系图;
图6和图7分别为图3中电路安装板的不同视角的立体图;
图8为图3中机架的部分结构示意图;
图9为图8中第二限位开关的结构示意图;
图10为本申请图2中抵压盘的爆炸示意图;
图11和图12分别为图10中第一壳体不同视角的结构示意图;
图13为本申请图10中压紧件的结构示意图;
图14和图15分别为图10中第一加热件不同视角的结构示意图;
图16为图10中第一电路板的结构示意图;
图17为图10中锁紧件的结构示意图;
图18为图17中锁紧件沿线XVII-XVII的剖面图;
图19和图20分别为图10中第二壳体不同视角的结构示意图;
图21为图10中抵压盘的立体结构示意图;
图22为图21中第一滑轨的结构示意图;
图23为机架10与抵压盘的连接结构示意图;
图24为图2中托运组件的结构示意图;
图25为图24中滑动架的结构示意图;
图26为图24中托运件的结构示意图;
图27和图28分别为图26中滑动座不同视角的结构示意图;
图29为图26中第三驱动件64和卡托连接的结构示意图;
图30为图2中第三驱动件64和卡托、压紧件连接的结构示意图;
图31和图32分别为本申请图2中抵压盘和托运组件不同视角的连接结构示意图;
图33为图2中检测卡检测座的爆炸图;
图34为图33中支撑座的爆炸图;
图35和图36分别为图34中支撑座主体不同视角的结构示意图;
图37为图34中光检测件的结构示意图;
图38为图37中检测座沿线XXXVII-XXXVII的剖面图;
图39为图34中加样腔组件的结构示意图;
图40为图39中加样腔组件沿线XXXIX-XXXIX的剖面图;
图41为图33中光发生器的结构示意图;
图42为图41中第一光发生器的剖面图;
图43为图33中光接收组件的爆炸图;
图44为图33中光接收件的机构图;
图45为图43中子光路组件的结构示意图;
图46为图45中子光路组件的截面图;
图47为图43中第一垫圈的结构示意图;
图48为图43中第二垫圈的结构示意图;
图49为图43中第二卡紧片的结构示意图;
图50为本申请一实施例中检测卡的结构示意图;
图51为图50中检测卡沿线L-L的剖面图;
图52为图50中检测卡的立体结构示意图;
图53为图50中检测卡使用过程示意图。
【具体实施方式】
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然,所描述的实施例仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其他实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其他实施例相结合。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的机架,包括:
机架主体,呈框架结构,所述机架主体用于安装检测卡检测座,所述机架主体用于在所述检测卡检测座上方安装检测卡输送座,所述检测卡检测座用于承载检测卡,所述机架主体设置有第一导轨,以使所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动并滑动至将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上的位置;
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机架主体上,用于驱动所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动;以及
第一限位开关,安装在所述机架主体,所述第一限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上时被触发,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述检测卡输送座向所述检测卡检测座一侧运动。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动装置包括:
至少一个丝杠,安装在所述机架主体上,用于安装所述检测卡输送座;以及
驱动组件,安装在所述机架主体上,用于驱动所述至少一个丝杠,以使所述至少一个丝杠推动所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体包括:
顶板;以及
多个支腿,安装在所述顶板的一侧,用于支撑所述顶板,所述第一导轨安装在所述多个支腿上。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体还包括:
加强板,固定在所述多个支腿中相邻两个支腿上。
在一实施例中,所述驱动组件安装在所述顶板上,所述至少一个丝杠安装在所述顶板及所述加强板上。
在一实施例中,每一所述至少一个丝杠包括:
丝杠主体,分别与所述顶板及所述加强板转动连接,用于与所述检测卡输送座螺纹连接;以及
第一转轮,安装在所述丝杠主体的端部,位于所述顶板远离所述多个支腿的一侧,所述第一转轮与所述驱动组件传动连接,以使所述驱动组件驱动所述第一转轮转动。
在一实施例中,所述驱动组件包括:
同步组件,安装在所述顶板上,与所述至少一个丝杠传动连接,以使所述至少一个丝杠同步传动;以及
第一驱动件;用于与所述同步组件传动连接。
在一实施例中,所述顶板设置有安装孔,所述驱动组件还包括:
安装架,安装在所述安装孔,所述同步组件及所述第一驱动件安装在所述安装架上。
在一实施例中,所述安装架包括:
安装板,一侧安装所述第一驱动件,另一侧安装所述同步组件;以及
扣压板,在所述安装孔处安装在所述顶板上,在所述安装板安装所述同步组件的一侧与所述安装板相对设置,以固定所述同步组件。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动件及所述安装板位于所述顶板靠近所述多个支腿的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述同步组件包括:
第一齿轮,夹设于所述安装板与所述扣压板之间,安装在所述第一驱动件的输出轴上;以及
至少一个传动齿轮组,夹设于所述安装板与所述扣压板之间,与所述第一齿轮啮合,所述至少一个传动齿轮组与所述至少一个丝杠一一对应设置,所述至少一个传动齿轮组中的一个传动齿轮组与所述至少一个丝杠中的一个丝杠传动连接。
在一实施例中,每一所述至少一个传动齿轮组包括:
第二齿轮,与所述第一齿轮啮合;以及
第二转轮,与所述第二齿轮同轴设置并连接固定,用于与所述至少一个丝杠中的一个丝杠传动连接。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体上设置有第二限位开关,所述检测卡输送座配置为向所述第二限位开关一侧伸展,并伸展至可安装检测卡的伸展状态,所述第二限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座处于所述伸展状态时被触发,以使所述检测卡输送座响应于所述第二限位开关被触发而停止伸展。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体上设置有扫码设备,所述扫码设备用于在所述检测卡输送座处于所述伸展状态时对所述检测卡检测座上的检测卡的信息标识进行扫描。
在一实施例中,所述顶板在与所述检测卡输送座相对的位置开设条形孔,以使所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上向远离所述检测卡检测座的一侧滑动并可滑动至所述条形孔内,所述条形孔向所述第二限位开关的一侧延伸设置,以使所述检测卡输送座在所述条形孔的延伸方向上伸展并可伸展至所述伸展状态。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体还包括用于安装控制电路板的电路安装板,所述多个支腿包括第一及第二支腿,所述电路安装板包括:
安装板主体,安装在所述第一及第二支腿的外侧,所述安装板主体远离所述第一及第二支腿的一侧用于安装控制电路板。
在一实施例中,所述安装板主体分别靠近所述第一及第二支腿的两侧边缘分别设置第一围板,所述第一围板向远离所述控制电路板的一侧弯折设置,以对所述安装板主体与所述第一及第二支腿之间的缝隙进行遮挡。
在一实施例中,所述安装板主体在靠近所述顶板的边缘设置第二围板,所述第二围板自所述安装板主体的边缘向远离所述控制电路板的一侧弯折设置。
在一实施例中,还包括:
支撑架,所述机架主体安装在所述支撑架上,所述机架主体配置为通过所述支撑架安装所述检测卡检测座。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座包括支撑座及检测组件,所述支撑架可包括:
底座,与所述机架主体固定连接,用于安装所述检测组件;以及
固定座,安装在所述底座上,用于安装所述支撑座,以使所述检测卡输送座将检测卡放置在所述支撑座以被所述检测组件检测。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体包括:
顶板,与所述底座相对位置;以及
多个支腿,安装在所述顶板与所述底座之间,围设在所述固定座的周围,用于支撑所述顶板,所述第一导轨安装在所述多个支腿上。
在一实施例中,所述底座包括底座主体,所述底座主体设置所述固定座的一侧设置固定槽,以容纳所述固定座。
在一实施例中,所述底座主体在所述固定槽周围圆周均布多个隔离槽,以与所述检测组件配合。
在一实施例中,所述底座上设置有支撑部,所述支撑部用于安装所述支撑座。
在一实施例中,所述固定座包括:
安装座,安装在所述底座上,用于安装所述检测组件;
第一及第二卡固板,用于卡固所述检测组件;以及
支撑板,与所述安装座相对设置,安装在所述第一及第二卡固板上,所述支撑板用于安装所述支撑座。
在一实施例中,所述第一限位开关包括:
第一子限位开关,安装在所述机架主体上,所述第一子限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上时被触发,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第一子限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述检测卡输送座向所述检测卡检测座一侧运动;以及
第二子限位开关,安装在所述机架主体上,所述第二子限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动并滑动至所述检测卡输送座可伸展的位置时被触发,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第二子限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述检测卡输送座向远离所述检测卡检测座一侧运动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的机架,包括:
机架主体,呈框架结构,所述机架主体用于安装检测卡检测座,所述机架主体用于在所述检测卡检测座上方安装检测卡输送座,所述检测卡检测座用于承载检测卡,所述机架主体设置有第一导轨,以使所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动并滑动至将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上的位置;
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机架主体上,用于驱动所述检测卡输送座在所述第一导轨上滑动;
第一限位开关,安装在所述机架主体,所述第一限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上时被触发,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述检测卡输送座向所述检测卡检测座一侧运动;以及
扫码设备,安装在所述机架主体,用于对所述检测卡输送座上的所述检测卡的信息标识进行扫描。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架主体,呈框架结构;
检测卡检测座,安装在所述机架主体上;
检测卡输送座,安装在所述机架主体上并位于所述检测卡检测座的上方,与所述机架主体滑动连接,所述检测卡输送座配置为在滑动方向上滑动并可滑动至将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上的位置;
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机架主体上,用于驱动所述检测卡输送座在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
第一限位开关,安装在所述机架主体上,所述第一限位开关配置为在所述检测卡输送座将检测卡放置在所述检测卡检测座上时被触发,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述检测卡输送座向所述检测卡检测座一侧运动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的卡托,包括:
卡托主体,配置为绕转轴转动以对检测卡进行离心处理,所述检测卡设置有位于同一侧的加样腔及检测腔;以及
多个凹陷部,设置在所述卡托主体的同一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,每一所述多个凹陷部向远离所述转轴的一侧延伸设置并向所述卡托主体的边缘延伸设置,每一所述多个凹陷部用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测腔在所述卡托主体的边缘处位于所述卡托主体外以配合检测,每一所述多个凹陷部内设置有贯穿所述卡托主体的容置孔,以使所述加样腔置于所述容置孔内配合加热,每一所述多个凹陷部内设置第一卡固部,以在对所述检测卡进行离心处理时与所述检测卡卡接。
在一实施例中,所述第一卡固部为凹槽或凸柱,以与所述检测卡卡接。
在一实施例中,每一所述多个凹陷部为凹槽。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体在同一侧设置有多个凸筋,以间隔形成所述多个凹陷部,所述多个凸筋在远离所述卡托主体一侧的表面配置为与置于所述多个凹陷部中一个凹陷部内的所述检测卡的表面平齐。
在一实施例中,所述多个凸筋上设置有第二卡固部,以用于与固定所述检测卡的压紧件卡接。
在一实施例中,所述第二卡固部为凸柱,所述压紧件设置有连接孔,所述第二卡固部配置为置于所述连接孔内而与所述压紧件卡接。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体内部设置磁作用力连接件,以与所述压紧件磁作用力连接。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体上设置有定位孔,以定位所述卡托主体绕所述转轴转动的位置。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体在远离所述多个凹陷部的一侧设置有定位件,以定位所述检测卡的位置。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
卡托,用于在一侧承载检测卡,包括:
卡托主体,用于在转轴周围围设多个检测卡,以绕所述转轴转动对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述卡托主体设置第一卡固部,以与所述检测卡卡接,所述检测卡设置有加样腔及检测腔,所述卡托主体设置有容置孔,以使所述加样腔置于所述容置孔内配合加热;和
多个凸筋,位于所述卡托主体设置所述检测卡的一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,所述多个凸筋用于在相邻两个凸筋之间放置一个所述检测卡,以使所述检测腔位于所述卡托主体在所述转轴径向方向的边缘外配合检测,所述多个凸筋及所述卡托主体上设置有定位孔,以定位所述卡托主体绕所述转轴转动的位置;以及
检测卡检测座,用于放置所述卡托上的所述检测卡,用于对所述加样腔进行加热,用于对所述检测腔进行加热,用于对所述检测腔进行检测,所述检测卡检测座配置为在所述检测卡位于所述检测卡检测座上时而位于所述卡托远离所述多个凸筋的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座包括:
支撑座主体;
检测腔组件,设置在所述支撑座主体上,用于放置所述卡托上的所述检测卡的所述检测腔,用于对所述检测腔进行加热,用于对所述检测腔进行检测;以及
加样腔组件,设置在所述支撑座主体上,用于放置所述卡托上的所述检测卡的所述加样腔,用于对所述加样腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体的一侧设置有放置槽,所述放置槽用于在所述检测卡位于所述检测卡检测座上时容纳所述卡托主体。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述放置槽内设置卡固孔,所述加样腔组件安装在所述卡固孔。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔组件包括:
托板,固定在所述支撑座主体远离所述放置槽的一侧;
加样腔安装座,安装在所述卡固孔内,用于对所述加样腔进行加热;以及
支撑组件,安装在所述托板与所述加样腔安装座之间,以调整所述加样腔安装座与所述托板之间的距离。
在一实施例中,所述支撑组件包括:
套接柱,安装在所述托板上;以及
弹簧,套设在所述套接柱上,一端与所述托板抵接,另一端与所述加样腔安装座抵接。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述放置槽的周围围设多个延伸槽,所述多个延伸槽与所述放置槽相通,所述多个延伸槽中相邻两个延伸槽之间形成装配台,所述检测腔组件安装在所述装配台。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述装配台的位置处设置容纳孔,所述检测腔组件安装在所述容 纳孔内。
在一实施例中,所述检测腔组件包括安装在所述容纳孔内的光检测件,所述光检测件包括:
检测座,用于放置所述检测腔,用于对所述检测腔加热;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收所述激发光纤发出的激发光及由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体在远离所述多个凸筋的一侧设置有第一定位件,所述支撑座主体在所述放置槽内设置有第二定位件,所述第一定位件及所述第二定位件配置为相互配合以定位所述卡托主体在所述支撑座主体上的位置。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体上设置有定位孔,所述卡托主体的定位孔及所述支撑座主体的定位孔配置为重合以定位所述卡托主体绕所述转轴转动的位置。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架,呈框架结构;
检测卡检测座,设置在所述机架上,用于放置检测卡,所述检测卡设置有位于同一侧的加样腔及检测腔,所述检测卡检测座用于对所述检测腔进行检测;
滑动架,与所述机架滑动连接,以向靠近所述检测卡检测座的一侧滑动;以及
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,以滑动至将所述检测卡放置在所述卡托上的位置,用于绕转轴转动以对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述卡托配置为与所述滑动架一同相对于所述机架滑动而将所述检测卡输送至所述检测卡检测座,所述卡托包括:
卡托主体;以及
多个凹陷部,设置在所述卡托主体的同一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,每一所述多个凹陷部向远离所述转轴的一侧延伸设置并向所述卡托主体的边缘延伸设置,每一所述多个凹陷部用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测腔在所述卡托主体的边缘处位于所述卡托主体外,每一所述多个凹陷部内设置有贯穿所述卡托主体的容置孔,以使所述加样腔置于所述容置孔内。
在一实施例中,还包括:
压紧件,用于在所述卡托设置所述多个凹陷部的一侧与所述卡托主体卡接,以固定所述检测卡。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机壳;
滑动架,设置在所述机壳内,与所述机壳滑动连接,以在所述机壳内滑动;以及
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,所述卡托配置为可相对于所述滑动架滑动至所述机壳外,配置为在所述机壳内与所述滑动架一同相对于所述机壳滑动,所述卡托用于承载检测卡,用于在所述机壳内对所述检测卡进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,所述滑动架包括:
固定架;
第一滑轨组件,设置在所述固定架上,与所述机壳滑动连接;以及
第一导轨,设置在所述固定架上,所述卡托与所述第一导轨滑动连接,以在所述第一导轨的延伸方向上滑动,所述第一滑轨组件相对于所述机壳的滑动方向与所述卡托相对于所述第一导轨的滑动方向相异。
在一实施例中,所述第一滑轨组件相对于所述机壳的滑动方向与所述卡托相对于所述第一导轨的滑动方向垂直设置。
在一实施例中,所述机壳包括:
机架主体,设置有第二导轨,所述第一滑轨组件与所述第二导轨滑动连接,以在所述第二导轨的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述机架主体包括:
顶板;以及
多个支腿,安装在所述顶板的一侧,用于支撑所述顶板,所述第二导轨为多个,多个所述第二导轨安装在所述多个支腿上。
在一实施例中,所述第一滑轨组件包括:
多个滑轨,安装在所述固定架的四周,与多个所述第二导轨一一对应,所述多个滑轨中的一个滑轨与多个所述第二导轨中的一个第二导轨滑动连接,以在所述第二导轨的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,每一所述多个滑轨包括:
第一滑轨安装件,设置在所述固定架上;以及
第一滑轨件,安装在所述第一滑轨安装件上,与多个所述第二导轨中的一个第二导轨滑动连接。
在一实施例中,所述卡托安装在滑动座上,所述滑动座与所述第一导轨滑动连接,所述滑动座上设置有第一驱动件,所述第一驱动件与所述卡托传动连接,以驱动所述卡托进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,所述机壳包括:
顶板,开设有条形通孔,所述滑动架配置为可相对于所述机壳滑动至所述第一驱动件置于所述条形通孔内的位置,所述第一驱动件配置为在所述滑动座沿所述第一导轨上滑动而在所述条形通孔内滑动;以及
多个支腿,安装在所述顶板的一侧,用于支撑所述顶板。
在一实施例中,所述滑动架还包括:
第一驱动装置,安装在所述固定架上,用于驱动所述滑动座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动装置包括:
第二驱动件,安装在所述固定架上,以及
丝杠,与所述第二驱动件传动连接,与所述固定架转动连接,与所述滑动座螺纹连接,以推动所述滑动座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,第一导轨包括:
第一及第二子导轨,相对设置,每一所述第一及第二子导轨与所述滑动座滑动连接,以使所述滑动座在所述第一及第二子导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述滑动座包括:
滑动座主体,置于所述第一及第二子导轨之间;
第二及第三滑轨组件,设置在所述滑动座主体的相对两侧,所述第二滑轨组件与所述第一子导轨滑动连接,所述第三滑轨组件与所述第二子导轨滑动连接,且与所述丝杠螺纹连接。
在一实施例中,所述第二滑轨组件包括:
第二滑轨安装件,设置在所述滑动座主体上;以及
第二滑轨件,安装在所述第二滑轨安装件上。
在一实施例中,所述第三滑轨组件包括:
第三滑轨安装件,设置在所述滑动座主体上;
螺接件,安装在所述第三滑轨安装件,与丝杠螺纹连接;以及
第三滑轨件,安装在所述螺接件上。
在一实施例中,所述固定架设置有光传感器,所述滑动座设置有第一限位件,所述滑动座配置为可相对于所述固定架滑动至所述第一限位件触发所述光传感器的位置,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述光传感器被触发而停止驱动所述滑动座滑动。
在一实施例中,所述机壳上设置有第一限位开关,所述滑动座上设置有第二限位件,所述滑动座配置为可相对于所述固定架滑动至所述第二限位件触发所述第一限位开关的位置,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止驱动所述滑动座滑动。
在一实施例中,所述固定架围设在所述滑动座的外围。
在一实施例中,所述卡托包括:
卡托主体,配置为绕转轴转动以对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述检测卡设置有位于同一侧的加样腔及检测腔,所述转轴轴线方向与所述卡托相对于所述第一导轨的滑动方向相同;以及
多个凹陷部,设置在所述卡托主体的同一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,每一所述多个凹陷部向远离所述转轴的一侧延伸设置并向所述卡托主体的边缘延伸设置,每一所述多个凹陷部用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测腔在所述卡托主体的边缘处位于所述卡托主体外以配合检测,每一所述多个凹陷部内设置有贯穿所述卡托主体的容置孔,以使所述加样腔置于所述容置孔内配合加热,每一所述多个凹陷部内设置第一卡固部,以在对所述检测卡进行离心处理时与所述检测卡卡接。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体在同一侧设置有多个凸筋,以间隔形成所述多个凹陷部,所述多个凸筋在远离所述卡托主体一侧的表面配置为与置于所述多个凹陷部中一个凹陷部内的所述检测卡的表面平齐。
在一实施例中,所述多个凸筋上设置有第二卡固部,以用于与固定所述检测卡的压紧件卡接。
在一实施例中,所述第二卡固部为凸柱,所述压紧件设置有连接孔,所述第二卡固部配置为置于所述连接孔内而与所述压紧件卡接。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体内部设置磁作用力连接件,以与所述压紧件磁作用力连接。
在一实施例中,所述固定架设置有定位光发生器,所述卡托主体上设置有定位孔,以使所述定位光发生器发出的光线通过所述定位孔而定位所述卡托主体绕所述转轴转动的位置。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架;
滑动架,与所述机架滑动连接;
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,
用于承载检测卡,以对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述卡托在所述滑动架的滑动方向上位于所述滑动架的一侧;
第一限位开关,安装在所述机架,所述卡托配置为可相对于所述滑动架向所述第一限位开关一侧滑动至安装所述检测卡的第一位置,所述第一限位开关配置为在所述卡托位于所述第一位置时被触发,所述卡托响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止滑动;以及
第二限位开关,安装在所述滑动架,所述卡托配置为可相对于所述滑动架向所述第二限位开关一侧滑动至第二位置,所述第二限位开关配置为在所述卡托处于所述第二位置时被触发,所述卡托响应于所述第二限位开关被触发而停止滑动,所述卡托配置为可在所述第二位置与所述滑动架一同相对于所述机架滑动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机壳;
托运组件,与所述机壳滑动连接,用于放置检测卡,以对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述托运组件配置为自所述机壳内伸展至所述机壳外,以放置所述检测卡,配置为在所述机壳内时可相对于所述机壳滑动;
检测卡检测座,用于对所述检测卡进行检测,安装在所述机壳内,所述托运组件配置为相对于所述机壳向所述检测卡检测座一侧滑动至第一位置,以将所述检测卡托运至所述检测卡检测座上;以及
第一限位开关,设置在所述机壳上,所述第一限位开关配置为在所述托运组件位于所述第一位置时被触发,所述托运组件响应于所述第一限位开关被触发而停止滑动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架,呈框架结构;
滑动架,安装在所述机架上,与所述机架滑动连接,以在第一位置与第二位置之间滑动;
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,以在第三位置与第四位置之间滑动,所述卡托用于承载检测卡及对所述检测卡进行离心处理;
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机架上,用于驱动所述滑动架滑动;以及
第二驱动装置,安装在所述滑动架上,所述第二驱动装置用于在所述滑动架位于所述第一位置时驱动所述卡托相对于所述滑动架滑动。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动装置包括:
至少一个丝杠,安装在所述机架上,用于驱动所述滑动架滑动;以及
驱动组件,安装在所述机架主体上,用于驱动所述至少一个丝杠,以使所述至少一个丝杠推动所述滑动架滑动。
在一实施例中,所述机架包括:
顶板;
多个支腿,安装在所述顶板的一侧,用于支撑所述顶板;以及
加强板,设置在所述多个支腿中相邻两个支腿上,以连接所述相邻两个支腿。
在一实施例中,每一所述至少一个丝杠与所述顶板及所述加强板转动连接。
在一实施例中,所述驱动组件包括:
安装架,安装在所述顶板上;
第一驱动件,安装在所述安装架上;以及
同步组件,安装在所述安装架上,与所述第一驱动件传动连接,与所述至少一个丝杠传动连接,以使得所述至少一个丝杠同步转动。
在一实施例中,所述安装架包括:
安装板,在一侧安装所述第一驱动件;
扣压板,在所述安装板的另一侧与所述安装板扣合连接,所述同步组件设置在所述扣压板与所述安装板之间,所述第一驱动件的转轴在所述安装板与所述扣压板之间与所述同步组件传动连接。
在一实施例中,所述顶板设置有安装孔,所述安装架安装在所述安装孔处。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动件位于所述顶板朝向所述多个支腿的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述至少一个丝杠包括第一及第二丝杠,所述同步组件包括:
第一齿轮,安装在所述第一驱动件的转轴上,位于所述安装板与所述扣压板之间;以及
第一及第二传动齿轮组,分别与所述第一齿轮啮合,位于所述安装板与所述扣压板之间,所述第一传动齿轮组与所述第一丝杠传动连接,所述第二传动齿轮组与所述第二丝杠传动连接。
在一实施例中,每一所述第一及第二传动齿轮组包括同轴设置的第二齿轮和第一转轮,所述第二齿轮与所述第一齿轮啮合,所述第一转轮与所述第一及第二丝杠中的一个丝杠传动连接。
在一实施例中,所述分子诊断设备还包括:
抵压盘,安装在所述机架上,与所述机架滑动连接,与所述至少一个丝杠螺纹连接,在所述滑动架相对于所述机架的滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述抵压盘和所述滑动架一同相对于所述机架滑动。
在一实施例中,所述滑动架包括:
固定架;
第一滑轨组件,设置在所述固定架上,与所述机架滑动连接;以及
第一导轨,设置在所述固定架上,所述卡托与所述第一导轨滑动连接,以在所述第一导轨的延伸方向上滑动,所述第一滑轨组件相对于所述机架的滑动方向与所述卡托相对于所述第一导轨的滑动方向相异。
在一实施例中,所述第一滑轨组件相对于所述机架的滑动方向与所述卡托相对于所述第一导轨的滑动方向垂直设置。
在一实施例中,所述机架设置有第二导轨,所述第一滑轨组件与所述第二导轨滑动连接,以在所述第二导轨的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述第一滑轨组件包括:
多个滑轨,安装在所述固定架的四周,与多个所述第二导轨一一对应,所述多个滑轨中的一个滑轨与多个所述第二导轨中的一个第二导轨滑动连接,以在所述第二导轨的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述卡托安装在滑动座上,所述滑动座与所述第一导轨滑动连接,所述滑动座上设置有第一驱动件,所述第一驱动件与所述卡托传动连接,以驱动所述卡托进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,所述第一驱动装置包括:
第二驱动件,安装在所述固定架上,以及
丝杠,与所述第二驱动件传动连接,与所述固定架转动连接,与所述滑动座螺纹连接,以推动所述滑动座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述第一导轨包括:
第一及第二子导轨,相对设置,每一所述第一及第二子导轨与所述滑动座滑动连接,以使所述滑动座在所述第一及第二子导轨上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述滑动座包括:
滑动座主体,置于所述第一及第二子导轨之间,所述卡托及所述第一驱动件安装在所述滑动座主体上;
第二及第三滑轨组件,设置在所述滑动座主体的相对两侧,所述第二滑轨组件与所述第一子导轨滑动连接,所述第三滑轨组件与所述第二子导轨滑动连接,且与丝杠螺纹连接。
在一实施例中,所述第二滑轨组件包括:
第一滑轨安装件,设置在所述滑动座主体上;以及
第一滑轨件,安装在所述第一滑轨安装件上。
在一实施例中,所述第三滑轨组件包括:
第二滑轨安装件,设置在所述滑动座主体上;
螺接件,安装在所述第二滑轨安装件,与丝杠螺纹连接;以及
第二滑轨件,安装在所述螺接件上。
在一实施例中,所述固定架围设在所述滑动座的外围。
在一实施例中,所述卡托包括:
卡托主体,用于在转轴周围围设多个所述检测卡,以绕所述转轴转动对所述检测卡进行离心处理;和
多个凸筋,位于所述卡托主体设置所述检测卡的一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,所述多个凸筋用于在相邻两个凸筋之间放置一个所述检测卡。
在一实施例中,所述分子诊断设备还包括:
抵压盘,安装在所述机架上,与所述机架滑动连接,与所述第一驱动装置传动连接,在所述滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述抵压盘和所述滑动架一同相对于所述机架滑动,所述抵压盘位于所述卡托主体设置所述多个凸筋的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘在朝向所述多个凸筋的一侧设置压紧件,所述压紧件设置有连接孔,所述多个凸筋上设置有凸柱,所述压紧件配置为在所述凸柱置于所述连接孔内与所述卡托主体夹设所述检测卡。
在一实施例中,所述卡托主体与所述压紧件磁作用力连接。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机壳;
检测卡输送座,安装在所述机壳内,与所述机壳滑动连接,以在滑动方向上滑动,所述检测卡输送座可伸展至安装检测卡的伸展状态,所述检测卡输送座用于对所述检测卡进行离心处理;以及
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机壳上,用于在所述检测卡输送座收缩至收缩状态时驱动所述检测卡输送座在所述滑动方向上滑动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架,呈框架结构;
抵压盘,与所述机架滑动连接,以在第一位置与第二位置之间滑动;
滑动架,与所述机架滑动连接,以与所述抵压盘一同在滑动方向上滑动;
卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,以在第三位置与第四位置之间滑动,所述卡托用于承载检测卡;
第一驱动装置,安装在所述机架上,用于驱动所述抵压盘滑动,以使所述抵压盘与所述滑动架一同滑动;以及
第二驱动装置,安装在所述滑动架上,用于驱动所述卡托滑动,所述第一驱动装置配置为在所述滑动架位于所述第一位置且所述卡托位于所述第四位置时驱动所述滑动架滑动。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的支撑座,用于支撑检测卡,所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,设置有贯穿所述支撑座主体的卡固孔,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座主体用于安装所述检测腔;
加样腔安装座,穿设于所述卡固孔内,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动,所述加样腔安装座用于在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测腔的一侧安装所述加样腔;以及
弹性件,与所述加样腔安装座抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述弹性件对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上与所述支撑座主体抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述检测卡对所述支撑座主体施加作用力克服所述弹性件的作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述弹性件的一端与所述支撑座主体抵接,另一端与所述加样腔安装座抵接,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座还包括:
托板,安装在所述支撑座主体上,位于所述加样腔安装座远离所述加样腔安装座安装所述加样腔的一侧,所述弹性件的一端与所述托板抵接,另一端与所述加样腔安装座抵接,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座为多个,所述弹性件为多个,多个所述加样腔安装座与多个所述弹性件一一对应,多个所述弹性件均与所述托板抵接,所述托板安装在所述支撑座主体远离所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述弹性件为弹簧,所述托板上设置有套接柱,所述弹性件套设在所述套接柱上。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座包括:
安装座本体,在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧设置加样腔安置槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述安装座本体在远离所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧设置有套接槽,所述弹性件的一端置于所述套接槽内并与所述安装座本体抵接。
在一实施例中,所述安装座本体在远离所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡一侧的边缘设置卡接沿,所述卡接沿响应于所述弹性件对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上与所述支撑座主体抵接。
在一实施例中,所述安装座本体内部设置有发热器件,以对所述加样腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡设置有流道,以连通所述加样腔及所述检测腔,所述安装座本体在一侧边缘设置有抵接部,所述抵接部用于与所述检测卡设置所述流道的部位抵接加热。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在设置所述检测卡的一侧设置放置槽,以容纳用于托运所述检测卡的卡托,所述卡固孔位于所述放置槽内。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述放置槽内设置有定位件,以定位所述卡托的位置。
在一实施例中,所述定位件为定位槽或定位块,以与所述卡托插接定位,或,所述定位件为磁铁或电磁铁,以与所述卡托磁作用力连接定位。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体设置有定位孔,以与所述卡托的定位孔重合定位所述检测卡的位置。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在设置所述检测卡的一侧设置多个延伸槽,所述多个延伸槽围设在所述放置槽的周围,并与所述放置槽相连通,所述多个延伸槽中相邻两个延伸槽之间形成装配台,以用于安装所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述装配台设置有容纳孔,所述装配台在所述容纳孔内安装有光检测件。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在安装所述检测腔的一侧设置有装配台,以用于安装所述检测腔,所述装配台设置有容纳孔,所述装配台在所述容纳孔内安装有光检测件。
在一实施例中,所述光检测件包括:
检测座,置于所述容纳孔内,用于安装所述检测腔;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收所述激发光纤发出的激发光及由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测;以及
卡紧片,设置在所述检测座远离所述检测腔的一侧,安装在所述支撑座主体上,以固定所述检测座。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在远离所述装配台的一侧设置凹陷部,所述凹陷部与所述容纳孔连通,以在所述凹陷部的两侧形成安装台,所述检测座位于所述凹陷部内,所述卡紧片安装在所述安装台上。
在一实施例中,所述检测座包括:
检测座主体,置于所述凹陷部内,设置有置于所述容纳孔内的延伸部,所述延伸部设置有检测槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡设置有连通所述加样腔与所述检测腔的隔离腔,所述延伸部在所述检测槽附近设置有隔离槽,以用于容纳所述隔离腔。
在一实施例中,所述检测座主体设置有激发光纤通道,所述激发光纤通道与所述检测槽连通,所述激发光纤安装在所述激发光纤通道。
在一实施例中,所述卡紧片包括卡紧本体,所述卡紧本体设置有卡紧孔,所述激发光纤置于所述卡紧孔内,以将所述激发光纤卡固在所述激发光纤通道内。
在一实施例中,所述检测座主体设置有接收光纤通道,所述接收光纤通道与所述检测槽连通,所述接收光纤安装在所述接收光纤通道。
在一实施例中,所述检测座内设置有发热器件,以对所述检测腔进行加热。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
支撑座,用于放置检测卡,所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,设置有贯穿所述支撑座主体的卡固孔,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座主体用于安装所述检测腔;和
加样腔安装座,穿设于所述卡固孔内,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动,所述加样腔安装座用于在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测腔的一侧安装所述加样腔,以对所述检测卡加热;以及
抵压盘,用于对所述检测卡进行加热,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,置于所述支撑座主体放置所述检测卡的一侧,用于与所述支撑座主体夹设所述检测卡;以及
加热件,安装在所述抵压盘主体上,用于与所述加样腔或所述检测腔抵接加热。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架;
支撑座,用于放置检测卡,安装在所述机架上;所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,安装在所述机架上,设置有贯穿所述支撑座主体的卡固孔,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座主体用于安装所述检测腔;
加样腔安装座,穿设于所述卡固孔内,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动,所述加样腔安装座用于在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测腔的一侧安装所述加样腔,以对所述加样腔进行加热;以及
弹性件,一端与所述支撑座主体抵接,另一端与所述机架抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述弹性件对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上与所述支撑座主体抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述检测卡对所述支撑座主体施加作用力克服所述弹性件的作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动;以及
托运组件,设置在所述支撑座安装所述检测卡的一侧,与所述机架滑动连接,以向所述支撑座的一侧滑动,所述托运组件设置有卡托,所述卡托用于托运所述检测卡,所述检测卡设置有容置孔,以容纳所述加样腔,所述加样腔安装座配置为在所述卡托与所述支撑座主体抵接时安装置于所述容置孔内的所 述加样腔。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的支撑座,所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,用于支撑检测卡,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔;
检测座,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装所述检测腔,用于对所述检测腔进行加热;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;以及
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在支撑所述检测卡的一侧设置有装配台,所述装配台用于安装所述检测腔,所述检测座安装在所述装配台。
在一实施例中,所述装配台设置有容纳孔,所述检测座安装在所述容纳孔内。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在远离所述装配台的一侧设置凹陷部,所述凹陷部与所述容纳孔连通,所述检测座位于所述凹陷部内。
在一实施例中,所述检测座包括:
检测座主体,置于所述凹陷部内,设置有置于所述容纳孔内的延伸部,所述延伸部设置有检测槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述延伸部在所述支撑座主体设置所述装配台一侧的表面与所述装配台的表面平齐。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡设置有连通所述加样腔与所述检测腔的隔离腔,所述延伸部在所述检测槽附近设置有隔离槽,以用于容纳所述隔离腔。
在一实施例中,所述检测座主体设置有激发光纤通道,所述激发光纤通道与所述检测槽连通,所述激发光纤安装在所述激发光纤通道内。
在一实施例中,所述激发光纤通道的延伸方向与所述检测槽的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0-75°。
在一实施例中,所述检测座主体设置有接收光纤通道,所述接收光纤通道与所述检测槽连通,所述接收光纤安装在所述接收光纤通道内。
在一实施例中,所述接收光纤通道的延伸方向与所述检测槽的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0-75°。
在一实施例中,所述激发光纤通道的延伸方向与所述检测槽的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为45°,所述接收光纤通道的延伸方向与所述检测槽的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为75°。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述凹陷部的两侧设置安装台,所述支撑座还包括:
卡紧片,设置在所述检测座远离所述检测腔的一侧,安装在所述安装台上,以固定所述检测座。
在一实施例中,所述卡紧片包括卡紧本体,所述卡紧本体设置有卡紧孔,所述激发光纤置于所述卡紧孔内,以将所述激发光纤卡固在所述激发光纤通道内。
在一实施例中,所述激发光纤包括:
激发光纤本体,置于所述卡紧孔内;以及
激发光纤接头,与所述激发光纤本体连接,设置在所述激发光纤通道内,所述卡紧本体用于将所述激发光纤接头卡固在所述激发光纤通道内。
在一实施例中,所述检测座内设置有发热器件,以对所述检测腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述检测座为多个,所述装配台为多个,多个所述检测座与多个所述装配台一一对应,多个所述检测座圆周围设设置。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座还包括:
加样腔组件,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装所述加样腔,多个所述检测座围设在所述加样腔组件周围。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体设置有卡固孔,所述加样腔组件包括:
加样腔安装座,设置在所述卡固孔内,所述加样腔安装座用于在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测腔的一侧安装所述加样腔。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在设置所述检测卡的一侧设置放置槽,以容纳用于托运所述检测卡的卡托,所述卡固孔位于所述放置槽内。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在所述放置槽内设置有定位件,以定位所述卡托的位置。
在一实施例中,所述定位件为定位槽或定位块,以与所述卡托插接定位,或,所述定位件为磁铁或电磁铁,以与所述卡托磁作用力连接定位。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体设置有定位孔,以与所述卡托的定位孔重合定位所述检测卡的位置。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座为多个,多个所述加样腔安装座与多个所述检测座一一对应,以 安装所述检测卡。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座包括:
安装座本体,在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧设置加样腔安置槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述安装座本体内部设置有发热器件,以对所述加样腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡设置有流道,以连通所述加样腔及所述检测腔,所述安装座本体在一侧边缘设置有抵接部,所述抵接部用于与所述检测卡设置所述流道的部位抵接加热。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
支撑座,用于支撑检测卡,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,用于放置所述检测卡;
检测座,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装所述检测腔,用于对所述检测腔进行加热;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;以及
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测;以及
抵压盘,用于对所述检测卡进行加热,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,置于所述支撑座主体放置所述检测卡的一侧,用于与所述支撑座主体夹设所述检测卡;以及
加热件,安装在所述抵压盘主体上,用于与所述加样腔或所述检测腔抵接加热。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架;
支撑座,用于放置检测卡,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座安装在所述机架上;所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,用于放置所述检测卡;
检测座,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装所述检测腔,用于对所述检测腔进行加热;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;以及
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测;以及
托运组件,设置在所述支撑座安装所述检测卡的一侧,与所述机架滑动连接,以向所述支撑座的一侧滑动,所述托运组件设置有卡托,所述卡托用于托运所述检测卡,所述检测座配置为在所述卡托与所述支撑座主体抵接时安装所述检测腔。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的抵压盘,包括:
抵压盘主体,设置有滑轨组件,所述抵压盘主体配置为在所述滑轨组件的滑动方向上向检测卡一侧滑动,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔;
第一加热件,安装在所述抵压盘主体内,所述第一加热件配置为可自所述抵压盘主体内伸出以与所述检测腔抵接加热;以及
弹性件,设置在所述抵压盘主体内,用于对所述第一加热件施加作用力使所述第一加热件自所述抵压盘主体内伸出,所述第一加热件响应于所述第一加热件与所述检测腔抵接受力克服所述作用力而向所述抵压盘主体内收缩。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘主体包括:
第一壳体,设置有卡接孔,所述第一加热件设置在所述卡接孔内,以在所述卡接孔的延伸方向上滑动;以及
第二壳体,在所述滑动方向上位于所述第一壳体的一侧,与所述第一壳体连接固定,所述弹性件一端与所述第一加热件抵接,一端与所述第二壳体抵接。
在一实施例中,所述第二壳体上设置有固定柱,所述弹性件套设在所述固定柱上。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体在所述卡接孔远离所述第二壳体一侧的边缘设置凸沿,以与所述第一加热件卡接限位。
在一实施例中,所述第一加热件包括:
加热主体,内部设置有发热器件,以对所述检测腔加热,所述加热主体与所述凸沿卡接限位。
在一实施例中,所述加热主体朝向所述第二壳体的一侧设置凹槽,所述弹性件的一端置于所述凹槽内。
在一实施例中,所述加热主体朝向所述第二壳体一侧的边缘设置卡沿,以与所述凸沿卡接限位。
在一实施例中,所述卡接孔为多个,所述第一加热件为多个,多个所述卡接孔与多个所述第一加热件一一对应,多个所述卡接孔圆周围设设置。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘还包括:
第二加热件,设置在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧,用于与所述加样腔抵接加热,多个所述第一加热件围设在所述第二加热件周围。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘还包括:
压紧件,可拆卸安装在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧,多个所述第一加热件围设在所述压紧件周围,所述压紧件配置为脱离所述第一壳体而抵压所述检测卡,以配合卡托对所述检测卡进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,所述压紧件包括:
压紧件主体,设置有让位部,以使所述加样腔置于所述让位部内,所述第二加热件配置为在所述抵压盘主体向所述压紧件一侧移动而与置于所述让位部内的所述加样腔抵接加热。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧设置有电磁件,所述电磁件用于通电产生磁作用力,所述电磁件与所述压紧件磁作用力连接。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘上设置有锁紧件,所述锁紧件用于锁紧固定或解锁分离所述压紧件。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体朝向所述第二壳体的一侧设置有容纳槽,多个所述卡接孔围设在所述容纳槽周围,所述抵压盘还包括:
电路板,设置在所述容纳槽内,与所述第一加热件电连接。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体在所述卡接孔与所述容纳槽之间设置连通口,所述连通口连通所述卡接孔与所述容纳槽,以布置电路走线。
在一实施例中,所述第二壳体与所述容纳槽相对的部位设置有贯穿孔。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体与所述第二壳体设置有豁口,所述第一壳体的豁口与所述第二壳体的豁口相对设置,以配合托运组件在所述第一壳体的豁口及所述第二壳体的豁口内滑动运输检测卡。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘还包括:
第一及第二压紧件,对称设置,可拆卸安装在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧,多个所述第一加热件围设在所述第一及第二压紧件周围,所述第一及第二压紧件之间设置有间隙,所述第一及第二压紧件配置为安装在所述第一壳体上时而位于所述第一壳体的豁口的两侧,以使所述托运组件的卡托在所述间隙内滑动,所述第一及第二压紧件配置为脱离所述第一壳体而抵压所述检测卡,以配合所述卡托对所述检测卡进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,每一所述第一及第二压紧件设置有让位部,以使所述加样腔置于所述让位部内,所述第二加热件配置为在所述抵压盘主体向所述第一及第二压紧件一侧移动而与置于所述让位部内的所述加样腔抵接加热。
在一实施例中,所述第二壳体远离所述第一壳体的一侧设置有挂耳,以与输送所述检测卡的托运组件连接。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体设置有螺接部,所述螺接部用于与驱动装置的丝杠螺纹连接,以使所述抵压盘主体在所述滑轨组件的滑动方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述滑轨组件设置在所述第一壳体上,所述滑轨组件包括多个滑轨,所述多个滑轨围设在所述第一壳体的周围。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘主体上设置有定位孔,以与卡托上的定位孔重合定位所述卡托绕转轴转动的位置。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘主体上设置有限位板,所述限位板用于触发限位开关以定位所述抵压盘主体在所述滑动方向上的滑动位置。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
支撑座,用于支撑检测卡,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔,所述支撑座包括:
支撑座主体,用于支撑所述检测卡,所述支撑座主体用于安装所述检测腔;以及
加样腔组件,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装并加热所述加样腔;以及
抵压盘,用于对所述检测腔进行加热,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,配置为向所述支撑座主体一侧滑动,以与所述支撑座主体上的所述检测卡抵接;
第一加热件,安装在所述抵压盘主体内,所述第一加热件配置为可自所述抵压盘主体内伸出以与所述检测腔抵接加热;以及
弹性件,设置在所述抵压盘主体内,用于对所述第一加热件施加作用力使所述第一加热件自所述抵压盘主体内伸出,所述第一加热件响应于所述第一加热件与所述检测腔抵接受力克服所述作用力而向所述抵压盘主体内收缩。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
机架;
支撑座,安装在所述机架上,用于承载检测卡,以对所述检测卡进行检测,所述检测卡设置有加样腔和检测腔;以及
抵压盘,安装在所述机架上,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,与所述机架滑动连接,以向所述支撑座一侧滑动,所述抵压盘主体用于与所述支撑座上的所述检测卡抵接;
第一加热件,安装在所述抵压盘主体内,所述第一加热件配置为可自所述抵压盘主体内伸出以与所述检测腔抵接加热;以及
弹性件,设置在所述抵压盘主体内,用于对所述第一加热件施加作用力使所述第一加热件自所述抵压盘主体内伸出,所述第一加热件响应于所述第一加热件与所述检测腔抵接受力克服所述作用力而向所述抵压盘主体内收缩。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
检测卡检测座,用于放置检测卡,所述检测卡包括加样腔与检测腔,所述检测卡检测座用于对所述检测腔进行检测;
抵压盘,用于与所述检测卡检测座夹设所述检测卡;
第一加热件,设置在所述检测卡检测座或所述抵压盘上,用于对所述检测腔进行加热;
第二加热件,设置在所述检测卡检测座或所述抵压盘上,用于对所述加样腔进行加热;以及
控制电路板,分别与所述第一加热件和所述第二加热件电连接,所述第一加热件和所述第二加热件分别配置为由所述控制电路板单独控制进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述第一加热件安装在所述检测卡检测座上,所述分子诊断设备还包括:
第三加热件,设置在所述抵压盘上与所述第一加热件相对的位置,用于对所述检测腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座包括:
支撑座主体,用于支撑所述检测卡;
检测座,安装在所述支撑座主体上,用于安装所述检测腔,所述第一加热件安装在所述检测座上;
激发光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于对所述检测腔发出激发光;以及
接收光纤,一端设置在所述检测座上,用于接收由所述激发光照射所述检测腔形成的荧光,以完成对所述检测腔的检测。
在一实施例中,所述支撑座主体在支撑所述检测卡的一侧设置有装配台,所述装配台用于安装所述检测腔,所述检测座安装在所述装配台。
在一实施例中,所述装配台设置有容纳孔,所述支撑座主体在远离所述装配台的一侧设置凹陷部,所述凹陷部与所述容纳孔连通,所述检测座位于所述凹陷部内。
在一实施例中,所述检测座包括:
检测座主体,置于所述凹陷部内,设置有置于所述容纳孔内的延伸部,所述延伸部设置有检测槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述检测座为多个,所述装配台为多个,多个所述检测座与多个所述装配台一一对应,多个所述检测座圆周围设设置。
在一实施例中,所述第二加热件设置在所述检测卡检测座上,所述分子诊断设备还包括:
第一电路板,所述第一电路板分别与所述第一加热件和所述第二加热件、控制电路板电连接,所述第一电路板响应于所述控制电路板的控制而驱动所述第一加热件对所述检测腔加热和/或驱动所述第二加热件对所述加样腔加热。
在一实施例中,所述第一电路板设置在所述支撑座主体在远离所述检测卡的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座还包括:
支撑架,用于支撑所述支撑座主体。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,所述第三加热件安装在所述抵压盘主体内,所述第三加热件配置为可自所述抵压盘主体内伸出以与所述检测腔抵接加热;以及
弹性件,设置在所述抵压盘主体内,用于对所述第三加热件施加作用力使所述第三加热件自所述抵压盘主体内伸出,所述第三加热件响应于所述第三加热件与所述检测腔抵接受力克服所述作用力而向所述抵压盘主体内收缩。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘主体包括:
第一壳体,设置有卡接孔,所述第三加热件设置在所述卡接孔内,以在所述卡接孔的延伸方向上滑动;以及
第二壳体,与所述第一壳体连接固定,所述弹性件一端与所述第一加热件抵接,一端与所述第二壳体抵接。
在一实施例中,所述第一壳体在所述卡接孔远离所述第二壳体一侧的边缘设置凸沿,以与所述第三加热件卡接限位。
在一实施例中,所述卡接孔为多个,所述第三加热件为多个,多个所述卡接孔与多个所述第三加热件一一对应,多个所述卡接孔圆周围设设置。
在一实施例中,所述第二加热件设置在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧,所述分子诊断设备还包括第二电路板,所述第二电路板设置在所述第一壳体朝向所述第二壳体的一侧,所述第二电路板分别与所述第二加热件、所述第三加热件和所述控制电路板电连接,所述第二电路板响应于所述控制电路板的控制而驱动所述第三加热件对所述检测腔加热和/或驱动所述第二加热件对所述加样腔加热。
在一实施例中,所述第二加热件设置在所述检测卡检测座上,所述分子诊断设备还包括:
第四加热件,设置在所述抵压盘上与所述第二加热件相对的位置,用于对所述加样腔进行加热。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座包括:
支撑座主体,设置有贯穿所述支撑座主体的卡固孔,所述支撑座主体用于安装所述检测腔;
加样腔安装座,穿设于所述卡固孔内,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动,所述加样腔安装座用于在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测腔的一侧安装所述加样腔,所述第二加热件设置在所述加样腔安装座内;以及
弹性件,与所述加样腔安装座抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述弹性件对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上与所述支撑座主体抵接,所述加样腔安装座响应于所述检测卡对所述支撑座主体施加作用力克服所述弹性件的作用力而在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上滑动。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡检测座还包括:
托板,安装在所述支撑座主体上,位于所述加样腔安装座远离所述加样腔安装座安装所述加样腔的一侧,所述弹性件的一端与所述托板抵接,另一端与所述加样腔安装座抵接,以在所述卡固孔的延伸方向上对所述加样腔安装座施加作用力。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座为多个,所述弹性件为多个,多个所述加样腔安装座与多个所述弹性件一一对应,多个所述弹性件均与所述托板抵接,所述托板安装在所述支撑座主体远离所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧。
在一实施例中,所述加样腔安装座包括:
安装座本体,在所述支撑座主体安装所述检测卡的一侧设置加样腔安置槽,以容纳所述检测腔。
在一实施例中,所述检测卡设置有流道,以连通所述加样腔及所述检测腔,所述安装座本体在一侧边缘设置有抵接部,所述抵接部用于与所述检测卡设置所述流道的部位抵接加热。
在一实施例中,所述抵压盘包括:
抵压盘主体,所述第四加热件安装在所述抵压盘主体上,以与所述加样腔抵接加热;
电磁件,安装在所述抵压盘主体设置所述第四加热件的一侧,用于通电产生磁作用力;
压紧件,位于所述抵压盘主体设置所述第四加热件的一侧,所述电磁件与所述压紧件磁作用力连接,所述压紧件配置为脱离所述电磁件而抵压所述检测卡,以配合卡托对所述检测卡进行离心处理。
在一实施例中,所述压紧件设置有让位部,以使所述加样腔置于所述让位部内,所述第四加热件配置为与置于所述让位部内的所述加样腔抵接加热。
在一实施例中,所述第一加热件设置在所述抵压盘主体上,所述分子诊断设备还包括第二电路板,所述第二电路板设置在所述抵压盘主体上,所述第二电路板分别与所述第一加热件、所述第四加热件、电磁件和所述控制电路板电连接,所述第二电路板响应于所述控制电路板的控制而驱动所述第一加热件对所述检测腔加热和/或驱动所述第四加热件对所述加样腔加热,所述第二电路板响应于所述控制电路板的控制而对所述电磁件通电。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
抵压盘,设置有第一及第二加热件,以对检测卡进行加热,所述检测卡包括加样腔与检测腔;
检测卡检测座,设置有第三及第四加热件,以对所述检测卡进行加热,所述检测卡检测座用于对所述检测腔进行检测;
第一电路板,设置在所述抵压盘内,分别与所述第一及第二加热件电连接,以对所述检测卡进行加热;
第二电路板,设置在所述检测卡检测座内,分别与所述第三及第四加热件电连接,以对所述检测卡进行加热;以及
控制电路板,分别与所述第一电路板和所述第二电路板电连接,所述第一电路板和所述第二电路板 响应于所述控制电路板的控制而驱动所述第一加热件与所述第三加热件对所述检测腔加热和/或驱动所述第二加热件与所述第四加热件对所述加样腔加热。
本申请实施例中提供了一种分子诊断设备,包括:
检测卡检测座,用于放置检测卡,所述检测卡包括加样腔与检测腔,所述检测卡检测座用于对所述检测腔进行检测;
抵压盘,用于与所述检测卡检测座夹设所述检测卡,包括:
抵压盘主体,用于与所述检测卡检测座夹设所述检测卡,在夹设所述检测卡的一侧设置有电磁件,所述电磁件用于通电产生磁作用力;和
压紧件,位于所述抵压盘主体夹设所述检测卡的一侧,所述压紧件配置为与所述电磁件磁作用力连接,所述压紧件用于配合所述检测卡进行离心处理;
第一加热件,设置在所述检测卡检测座或所述抵压盘主体上,用于对所述检测腔进行加热;
第二加热件,设置在所述检测卡检测座或所述抵压盘主体上,用于对所述加样腔进行加热;以及
控制电路板,分别与所述第一加热件和所述第二加热件、所述电磁件电连接,所述第一加热件和所述第二加热件分别配置为由所述控制电路板单独控制进行加热,所述控制电路板用于控制所述电磁件通电。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的配平卡,包括:
本体,设有检测腔,所述检测腔用于安装在所述分子诊断设备的检测座上;以及
参比膜,设置在所述检测腔内,所述参比膜的成分包括荧光指示剂,以在所述分子诊断设备的光发生器照射下激发出荧光。
在一实施例中,所述本体设置有安装部,以安装在所述分子诊断设备的加样腔安装座上,所述安装部与所述检测腔位于所述本体的同一侧。
在一实施例中,所述本体设置有卡固部,以与所述分子诊断设备的卡托卡固,所述卡固部与所述安装部位于所述本体的同一侧,所述卡固部位于所述安装部与所述检测腔之间。
在一实施例中,所述本体在所述安装部及所述检测腔所在直线的两侧边缘且在靠近所述检测腔的一侧设置限位部,所述限位部与所述检测腔位于所述本体的同一侧。
在一实施例中,所述本体在远离所述安装部的一侧且在与一个所述限位部背向设置的位置设置废液腔。
在一实施例中,所述配平卡还包括隔离层,所述隔离层盖设在所述本体远离所述安装部的一侧,所述隔离层盖设在所述废液腔的开口处,所述隔离层盖设在所述检测腔的开口处。
在一实施例中,所述本体设置有插接部,所述插接部与所述安装部位于所述本体的同一侧,所述插接部位于所述安装部与所述检测腔之间。
在一实施例中,所述本体设置有抵接槽,以与所述加样腔安装座配合,所述抵接槽与所述安装部位于所述本体的同一侧,所述抵接槽位于所述安装部与所述检测腔之间。
在一实施例中,所述配平卡还包括盖体,所述本体在与所述安装部背向设置的位置设置加样腔,所述盖体盖设在所述加样腔的口部,所述盖体位于所述本体远离所述安装部的一侧。
本申请实施例中提供了一种用于分子诊断设备的配平卡,包括:
本体,设有检测腔,所述检测腔用于安装在所述分子诊断设备的检测座上;以及
荧光指示剂,设置在所述检测腔内,用于在所述分子诊断设备的光发生器照射下激发出荧光。
接下来阐述一种分子诊断设备,其利用了分子诊断技术。对于分子诊断技术是指利用核酸或蛋白质作为生物标记进行临床检测的诊断技术,为疾病的预测、诊断、预防、治疗和转归提供了信息和决策依据。特别是面对各种突发性传染性疾病,其最经济有效的措施就是快速、准确的分子诊断。
请参阅图1和图2,图1为本申请一实施例中分子诊断设备100的立体结构示意图,图2为图1中分子诊断设备100的爆炸分解图。分子诊断设备100可包括机架10、安装在机架10上的检测卡输送座20、安装在机架10上的检测卡检测座30以及安装在机架10上的控制电路板40。其中,检测卡输送座20可用于放置检测卡。检测卡输送座20可以在机架10上相对于机架10滑动,以使检测卡输送座20可托运检测卡并托运至检测卡检测座30上。检测卡检测座30用于产生激发光,以对检测卡进行检测并形成检测信号。控制电路板40可用于控制检测卡输送座20在机架10上的滑动,并控制检测卡检测座30对检测卡进行检测,以及接收检测信号并对检测信号进行处理形成诊断数据。
可以理解的,在一些实施例中,分子诊断设备100还可以包括机壳。机壳内可容置机架10、检测卡输送座20、检测卡检测座30以及控制电路板40等,以起到保护分子诊断设备100的作用。机壳也可以减少外界因素对检测卡检测过程的干扰。在一些实施例中,机壳可设置隔离门,以便在隔离门打开时,使得检测卡输送座20可从隔离门处滑出,进而便于在检测卡输送座20上放置检测卡,也便于从检测卡 输送座20上取下检测卡。而在隔离门关闭时,可实现机壳的保护作用及减少外界因素干扰的效果。
另外,在其他实施例中,隔离门也可以在控制电路板40的控制下实现自动打开或自动关闭。例如通过铰链、液压油缸、液压气缸、螺杆、齿轮等结构在电机等驱动结构的驱动下对隔离门推动。
另外,在一些实施例中,分子诊断设备100还可包括可与控制电路板40电连接的显示器、打印机等输出设备,以通过输出设备将分子诊断设备100的诊断数据输出。当然,分子诊断设备100内还可以设置存储诊断数据的存储器。
再者,在一些实施例中,分子诊断设备100还可包括可与控制电路板40电连接的显示器、键盘、扫码设备14(图3所示)等输入设备,以通过输入设备向分子诊断设备100例如控制电路板40输入控制指令,实现分子诊断设备100通过控制电路板40对检测卡输送座20和/或检测卡检测座30的控制。
请参阅图3,图3为图1中机架10的立体结构示意图。机架10可包括机架主体11以及安装在机架主体11上的第一驱动装置12。其中,机架主体11用于安装检测卡输送座20、检测卡检测座30和控制电路板40等结构。第一驱动装置12用于与控制电路板40电连接,以接受控制电路板40的控制。第一驱动装置12用于与检测卡输送座20连接,以在控制电路板40的控制下驱动检测卡输送座20相对于机架主体11滑动,实现对检测卡的托运。
需要指出的是,在本文中的术语“第一”“第二”等仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地可包括一个或者更多个所述特征。
机架主体11整体可呈框架结构。机架主体11内部可用于安装检测卡输送座20和检测卡检测座30,且检测卡输送座20位于检测卡检测座30的上方。当然,在一些实施例中,检测卡输送座20与检测卡检测座30分别在机架主体11的安装位置还可以是其他,不做赘述。
机架主体11可包括顶板111、安装在顶板111上且与顶板111底部连接的支腿112及设置在支腿112中部和/或底部的加强板113。其中,支腿112用于支撑顶板111。加强板113用于加强支腿112下部的稳定性。在一些实施例中,分子诊断设备100在设置机壳的情况下,可将机壳固定在机架主体11的外表面,以提升分子诊断设备100的外观表现力。在一些实施例中,机架主体11可为机壳的一部分。
在本文中,可能采用“上”“下”“前”“后”“左”“右”“顶部”“底部”“上部”“下部”这些方位来进行描述。需要理解的是,在本文中的术语“中心”“纵向”“横向”“长度”“宽度”“厚度”“上”“下”“前”“后”“左”“右”“竖直”“水平”“顶”“底”“内”“外”“顺时针”“逆时针”“轴向”“径向”“周向”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。
顶板111可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。顶板111可呈板状结构,当然也可以是其他形状,不做赘述。顶板111的中部可开设条形孔1111,以对检测卡输送座20让位。
条形孔1111可与检测卡输送座20配合,以使检测卡输送座20伸入条形孔1111内,也可使检测卡输送座20在条形孔1111内滑动。在一些实施例中,条形孔1111的延伸方向与检测卡输送座20相对于机架10例如机架主体11的滑动方向一致。在一些实施例中,在顶板111不需要设置条形孔1111以对检测卡输送座20进行让位的情况下,条形孔1111也可以省略。当然,在某些实施例中,为了实现某些功能例如节省材料、减轻重量等,顶板111可以设置条形孔1111,也可以设置类似条形孔1111的其他形状的孔或凹槽。
顶板111可开设安装孔1112,以用于安装第一驱动装置12。在一些实施例中,安装孔1112可位于条形孔1111的延伸方向上,以对机架10例如机架主体11上安装空间进行合理规划,以减小分子诊断设备100的体积,使得分子诊断设备100整体结构紧凑。在一些实施例中,安装孔1112可与条形孔1111连通。在一些实施例中,安装孔1112可以省略。
顶板111可设置连接部1113,以便顶板111通过连接部1113与支腿112连接固定,以及顶板111通过连接部1113安装第一驱动装置12。在一些实施例中,连接部1113可为贯穿顶板111的贯穿孔,可通过螺栓、螺钉等螺接结构、插接结构、卡扣结构等连接结构与连接部1113例如贯穿孔配合,实现顶板111与支腿112和/或第一驱动装置12的连接固定。在一实施例中,连接部1113例如贯穿孔可设置在条形孔1111及安装孔1112所在位置的相对两侧,以便顶板111通过连接部1113安装第一驱动装置12。在一些实施例中,连接部1113也可以为其他结构例如插接结构、轴承、螺接结构等。在一实施例中,连接部1113也可以省略。
支腿112可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。支腿112可呈条状结构,当然也可以是其他形状,不做赘述。支腿112可设置在顶板111的一侧例如顶板111的底部,以支撑顶板111。支腿112可用于安装检测卡输送座20,使得检测卡输送座20与支腿112相对滑动,实现检测卡输送座20托运检测卡至检 测卡检测座30的目的。
支腿112的数量可为1个或多个。在一些实施例中,支腿112的数量也可为2、3、4、5、6……中的一个。
在一实施例中,支腿112的数量可为4个,分别为第一支腿1121、第二支腿1122、第三支腿1123和第四支腿1124。
可以理解的,对于“第一支腿”“第二支腿”“第三支腿”“第四支腿”以及“支腿”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一支腿”称为“第二支腿”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二支腿”称为“第一支腿”。
在一实施例中,第一支腿1121、第二支腿1122、第三支腿1123和第四支腿1124分别与顶板111连接固定的部位可顺次连接形成四边形例如矩形。在一实施例中,第一支腿1121和第二支腿1122位于条形孔1111的同一侧。第三支腿1123和第四支腿1124位于条形孔1111的同一侧。在一实施例中,第一支腿1121和第四支腿1124分别与顶板111连接固定的部位分别位于与条形孔1111的延伸方向垂直方向的两侧。第二支腿1122和第三支腿1123分别与顶板111连接固定的部位分别位于与条形孔1111的延伸方向垂直方向的两侧。在一实施例中,第二支腿1122和第三支腿1123设置在安装孔1112远离条形孔1111的一侧。
每一个支腿112例如第一支腿1121可包括支腿主体1125以及设置在支腿主体1125上的第一导轨1126。其中,支腿主体1125的顶部可通过螺栓、螺钉等螺接结构、插接结构、卡扣结构等连接结构与连接部1113例如贯穿孔配合实现顶板111与支腿112的连接固定。当然,支腿主体1125的顶部也可以通过焊接、粘接等方式与顶板111连接固定。
第一导轨1126可用于安装检测卡输送座20,以使得检测卡输送座20在第一导轨1126上滑动,并在第一导轨1126的延伸方向滑动。
在一实施例中,第一导轨1126的延伸方向与条形孔1111的延伸方向垂直。在一实施例中,第一导轨1126的延伸方向可为竖直方向。可以理解的,在设置有特殊结构的情况下,第一导轨1126的延伸方向可与竖直方向有夹角且夹角可为锐角。
在一实施例中,第一支腿1121的第一导轨1126可设置在第一支腿1121的支腿主体1125朝向第四支腿1124的一侧。第二支腿1122的第一导轨1126设置在第二支腿1122的支腿主体1125朝向第三支腿1123的一侧。第三支腿1123的第一导轨1126设置在第三支腿1123的支腿主体1125朝向第二支腿1122的一侧。第四支腿1124的第一导轨1126设置在第四支腿1124的支腿主体1125朝向第一支腿1121的一侧。
可以理解的,在一些实施例中,在一个支腿112中,支腿主体1125和第一导轨1126可以为一体结构。在一些实施例中,在至少部分支腿112中可不设置第一导轨1126。在一些实施例中,第一导轨1126也可以设置在机架主体11中的其他位置例如顶板111上。
加强板113可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。加强板113可一端连接一个支腿112的下部,另一端连接另一个支腿112的下部,以实现两个支腿112之间的相对稳定性,进而加强支腿112的稳定性。加强板113与一个支腿112的连接方式可以为螺接、插接结构、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式,不做赘述。可以理解的,为了实现支腿112的稳定性,加强板113的设置方式并不仅限于与一个支腿112的下部连接,还可以是加强板113的一端与支腿112的顶部或中部等其他部位连接固定。
加强板113的数量可为1个或多个。在一些实施例中,加强板113的数量也可为2、3、4、5、6……中的一个。在一些实施例中,加强板113也可以省略。
在一实施例中,加强板113的数量可为4个,分别为第一加强板1131、第二加强板1132、第三加强板1133和第四加强板1134。
可以理解的,对于“第一加强板”“第二加强板”“第三加强板”“第四加强板”以及“加强板”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一加强板”称为“第二加强板”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二加强板”称为“第一加强板”。
其中,第一加强板1131的一端连接固定在第一支腿1121例如支腿主体1125的下部,另一端连接固定在第二支腿1122例如支腿主体1125的下部。第二加强板1132的一端连接固定在第二支腿1122例如支腿主体1125的下部,另一端连接固定在第三支腿1123例如支腿主体1125的下部。第三加强板1133的一端连接固定在第三支腿1123例如支腿主体1125的下部,另一端连接固定在第四支腿1124例如支腿主体1125的下部。第四加强板1134的一端连接固定在第一支腿1121例如支腿主体1125的下部,另一端连接固定在第四支腿1124例如支腿主体1125的下部。
在一实施例中,加强板113例如第一加强板1131、第三加强板1133可与第一驱动装置12配合。
在一实施例中,加强板113例如第二加强板1132可与控制电路板40配合。
在一实施例中,相连接的加强板113和支腿112可为一体结构。
请再次参阅图3,第一驱动装置12可包括安装在机架主体11例如安装孔1112处的驱动组件121以及安装在机架主体11上且与驱动组件121连接的丝杆组件122。
其中,驱动组件121可通过传送带与丝杆组件122间接连接,也可与丝杆组件122直接连接,以通过丝杆组件122传动。丝杆组件122与检测卡输送座20连接。丝杆组件122在驱动组件121的驱动下可推动检测卡输送座20在机架主体11例如第一导轨1126上滑动,实现检测卡输送座20托运检测卡的效果。
请一同参阅图3和图4,图4为图3中驱动组件121的爆炸分解图。驱动组件121可包括安装在机架主体11例如安装孔1112处的安装架1211、安装在安装架1211上的第一驱动件1212以及安装在安装架1211上的同步组件1213。其中,第一驱动件1212与控制电路板40电连接,以在控制电路板40的控制下运动。
同步组件1213与第一驱动件1212连接,用于在第一驱动件1212的驱动下传动。同步组件1213可通过传送带与丝杆组件122间接连接,也可以与丝杆组件122直接连接,以通过驱动丝杆组件122传动。
安装架1211可包括在一侧用于安装第一驱动件1212的安装板1214以及在安装板1214的另一侧与安装板1214扣合的扣压板1215。其中,安装板1214与扣压板1215之间用于安装同步组件1213。
安装板1214可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。安装板1214可呈板状结构,当然也可以是其他形状,不做赘述。安装板1214可置于安装孔1112内。在一些实施例中,安装板1214也可置于安装孔1112外。在一实施例中,安装板1214可与顶板111为一体结构。在一实施例中,安装板1214可以省略,顶板111省略安装孔1112以替代安装板1214。
扣压板1215可包括与安装板1214相对设置的扣压板主体1215a以及设置在扣压板主体1215a与安装板1214之间的间隔件1215b。其中,扣压板主体1215a可位于安装板1214远离第一驱动件1212的一侧。间隔件1215b用于控制扣压板主体1215a与安装板1214之间的间隙。
扣压板主体1215a可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。扣压板主体1215a可呈板状结构,当然也可以是其他形状,不做赘述。扣压板主体1215a可置于安装孔1112外,且位于顶板111的上方。
在一些实施例中,在安装板1214置于安装孔1112外例如位于顶板111的上方或下方时。扣压板主体1215a可置于安装孔1112内。在一实施例中,安装板1214可与顶板111为一体结构。在一实施例中,扣压板主体1215a可以省略,顶板111省略安装孔1112以替代扣压板主体1215a。
间隔件1215b分别与扣压板主体1215a、安装板1214连接固定,以在扣压板主体1215a与安装板1214之间的间隙处形成可安装同步组件1213的空间。
在一实施例中,间隔件1215b可为间隔板。间隔件1215b例如间隔板可通过螺接、插接、卡扣、粘接、焊接等连接方式实现分别与安装板1214、扣压板主体1215a的连接固定。
在一实施例中,间隔件1215b也可以为螺栓、螺钉等结构。
在一实施例中,间隔件1215b可与扣压板主体1215a为一体结构。在一实施例中,间隔件1215b也可与安装板1214为一体结构。在一实施例中,间隔件1215b与安装板1214、扣压板主体1215a为一体结构。
在安装架1211安装在顶板111上时,扣压板主体1215a位于顶板111远离支腿112的一侧。间隔件1215b与顶板111在安装孔1112处的部位通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定。同时,当安装板1214位于安装孔1112内时,间隔件1215b伸入安装孔1112内与安装板1214通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定,使得第一驱动件1212位于顶板111底部,实现了分子诊断设备100合理的空间布置。当安装板1214与扣压板1215位于顶板111的顶部时,间隔件1215b与安装板1214通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定。安装板1214与顶板111通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定。当安装板1214位于顶板111的底部且扣压板1215位于顶板111的顶部时,间隔件1215b可穿过安装孔1112与安装板1214通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定。
第一驱动件1212安装在安装板1214远离扣压板主体1215a的一侧。第一驱动件1212与安装板1214具体可通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式连接固定。在一些实施例中,第一驱动件1212也可以安装在安装板1214靠近扣压板主体1215a的一侧。
第一驱动件1212可为电机。电机的输出轴可贯穿安装板1214并伸入至安装板1214与扣压板主体1215a之间。在一实施例中,电机的输出轴也可贯穿扣压板主体1215a,当然也可不贯穿扣压板主体1215a而与扣压板主体1215a转动连接。在一实施例中,第一驱动件1212也可以为其他可以带动同步组件1213运动的动力源,不做赘述。
同步组件1213可包括安装在第一驱动件1212的输出轴上的第一齿轮1216以及分别与第一齿轮1216啮合的第一传动齿轮组1217及第二传动齿轮组1218。
其中,第一齿轮1216在第一驱动件1212开启时转动。第一传动齿轮组1217及第二传动齿轮组1218可分别与安装架1211转动连接。第一传动齿轮组1217及第二传动齿轮组1218可在第一齿轮1216转动时 同步转动,且其中一个顺时针转动,另一个逆时针转动。
第一传动齿轮组1217的转动轴与第一驱动件1212例如电机的输出轴平行设置。第一传动齿轮组1217的转动轴分别与安装板1214、扣压板主体1215a转动连接。
第一传动齿轮组1217可包括同轴设置的第二齿轮1217a和第一转轮1217b。其中,第二齿轮1217a可与第一齿轮1216啮合。第一转轮1217b可通过传送带与丝杆组件122连接,也可直接与丝杆组件122连接,以通过丝杆组件122传动。
第二传动齿轮组1218的转动轴与第一驱动件1212例如电机的输出轴平行设置。第二传动齿轮组1218的转动轴分别与安装板1214、扣压板主体1215a转动连接。
第二传动齿轮组1218可包括同轴设置的第三齿轮1218a和第二转轮1218b。其中,第三齿轮1218a可与第一齿轮1216啮合。第二转轮1218b可通过传送带与丝杆组件122连接,也可直接与丝杆组件122连接,以通过丝杆组件122传动。
可以理解的,对于“第一齿轮”“第二齿轮”“第三齿轮”以及“齿轮”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一齿轮”称为“第二齿轮”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二齿轮”称为“第一齿轮”。
可以理解的,同步组件1213并不仅限于上述提到的实施例,其还可以为其他类型的同步组件。另外,在同步组件1213包括齿轮、传动齿轮组时,其中还可以包括其他结构,且齿轮的个数以及传动齿轮组的结构及个数可根据实际情况设置。
请参阅图5,图5为图3中机架主体11与丝杆组件122的连接关系图。丝杆组件122可包括两个丝杠,例如第一丝杠1221和第二丝杠1222。在一些实施例中,丝杠的数量也可为1、3、4、5、6……中的一个。
在一些实施例中,为了实现对检测卡输送座20的稳定移动,丝杠数量可至少为2个。
两个丝杠例如第一丝杠1221和第二丝杠1222分别设置在与条形孔1111延伸方向垂直方向的两侧。第一丝杠1221可与第一传动齿轮组1217例如第一转轮1217b通过传送带连接或直接连接,通过第一传动齿轮组1217例如第一转轮1217b转动实现第一丝杠1221的转动。第二丝杠1222可与第二传动齿轮组1218例如第二转轮1218b通过传送带连接或直接连接,通过第二传动齿轮组1218例如第二转轮1218b转动实现第二丝杠1222的转动。
每一个丝杆例如第二丝杠1222可包括安装在机架主体11例如连接部1113处的轴承件1223、与轴承件1223转动连接且与机架主体11例如加强板113转动连接的丝杠主体1224以及安装在丝杠主体1224端部的第三转轮1225。
其中,轴承件1223套设在丝杠主体1224外,以与丝杠主体1224转动连接。丝杠主体1224可为表面设置有外螺纹的杆状结构。丝杠主体1224的延伸方向可与第一导轨1126的延伸方向一致,当然,在某些实施例中,丝杠主体1224的延伸方向也可与第一导轨1126的延伸方向不一致。丝杠主体1224可与检测卡输送座20螺纹连接。第三转轮1225与第二转轮1218b位于机架主体11例如顶板111的同一侧,例如第三转轮1225与第二转轮1218b位于顶板111的顶部。
在一实施例中,第三转轮1225的转轴与第二转轮1218b的转轴平行。在一实施例中,轴承件1223可以省略,丝杠主体1224可设于连接部1113例如贯穿孔内,直接与顶板111转动连接。
可以理解的,对于“第一转轮”“第二转轮”“第三转轮”以及“转轮”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一转轮”称为“第二转轮”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二转轮”称为“第一转轮”。
在一实施例中,在第一丝杠1221中,丝杠主体1224与加强板113例如第一加强板1131转动连接。在第二丝杠1222中,丝杠主体1224与加强板113例如第三加强板1133转动连接。第一丝杠1221的第三转轮1225可与第一传动齿轮组1217的第一转轮1217b通过传送带连接。第二丝杠1222的第三转轮1225可与第二传动齿轮组1218的第二转轮1218b通过传送带连接。
可以理解的,丝杆组件122和第一导轨1126的设置是为了实现检测卡输送座20在机架10上的滑动,进而实现检测卡的托运。所以,在丝杆组件122中丝杠数量足够使检测卡输送座20在机架10上稳定、正常滑动的情况下,可以不在分子诊断设备100上设置第一导轨1126。
请再次参阅图3,机架10例如机架主体11的外侧设置有电路安装板13,以用于安装控制电路板40。电路安装板13与支腿112设置在顶板111的同一侧。电路安装板13设置在第二支腿1122和第三支腿1123的同一侧。
请一同参阅图3、图6和图7,图6和图7分别为图3中电路安装板13的不同视角的立体图。电路安装板13可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。电路安装板13可包括安装板主体131。安装板主体131整体呈板状结构,可位于第二支腿1122和第三支腿1123的同侧。在一些实施例中,安装板主体131也可 以直接固定在第二支腿1122和第三支腿1123上。安装板主体131远离支腿112的一侧用于安装控制电路板40。安装板主体131上可开设穿孔1311,以便电路走线从机架主体11内穿过穿孔1311与控制电路板40电连接。在一实施例中,安装板主体131也可与加强板113例如第二加强板1132连接固定。安装板主体131远离支腿112的一侧设置有连接柱1312,以用于安装控制电路板40,避免控制电路板40直接与安装板主体131直接接触。连接柱1312可通过螺接、插接、焊接等方式实现控制电路板40的安装。安装板主体131可起到隔离控制电路板40与机架主体11的作用,避免机架主体11内部的温度等因素对控制电路板40起到干扰。当然在一些实施例中,在不需要隔离控制电路板40的情况下,安装板主体131可以省略,连接柱1312可以直接设置在机架10例如机架主体11上。在一实施例中,安装板主体131可与机架主体11为一体结构。
安装板主体131可在靠近支腿112例如第三支腿1123的边缘设置第一围板132,第一围板132可自安装板主体131的边缘向第三支腿1123一侧弯折,以对安装板主体131与第三支腿1123之间缝隙进行遮挡,起到在第三支腿1123处的隔离作用。在一实施例中,第一围板132可采用螺接、卡接、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在第三支腿1123上。在一些实施例中,第一围板132可以省略。
安装板主体131可在靠近顶板111的边缘设置第二围板133,第二围板133可自安装板主体131的边缘向第三支腿1123一侧弯折。第二围板133可与顶板111连接固定。在一实施例中,第二围板133可采用螺接、卡接、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在顶板111上。在一些实施例中,为了对顶板111上安装的部件进行让位,第二围板133可设置开口1331。在一些实施例中,第二围板133可以省略。
安装板主体131可在靠近支腿112例如第二支腿1122的边缘设置第三围板134,第三围板134可自安装板主体131的边缘向第二支腿1122一侧弯折,以对安装板主体131与第二支腿1122之间缝隙进行遮挡,起到在第二支腿1122处的隔离作用。在一实施例中,第三围板134可采用螺接、卡接、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在第二支腿1122上。在一些实施例中,第三围板134可以省略。
可以理解的,对于“第一围板”“第二围板”“第三围板”以及“围板”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一围板”称为“第二围板”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二围板”称为“第一围板”。
请再次参阅图3,机架10例如机架主体11上设置有与控制电路板40电连接的扫码设备14。扫码设备14可用于对检测卡上的信息标识例如二维码、条形码等进行图像扫描,并将图像传输至控制电路板40。控制电路板40对图像进行识别、获取检测卡的相关信息。扫码设备14可设置在检测卡输送座20相对于机架10滑动的路径上,以在将检测卡放置在检测卡输送座20上时,检测卡上的信息标识被扫码设备14进行图像扫描。
在一实施例中,扫码设备14可设置在检测卡输送座20在条形孔1111内滑动的路径上。例如,扫码设备14可设置在加强板113例如第四加强板1134上。条形孔1111向远离安装孔1112一侧延伸设置,即条形孔1111向第四加强板1134一侧延伸设置。在一实施例中,条形孔1111向远离安装孔1112一侧延伸可延伸至第四加强板1134的上方。
在一实施例中,扫码设备14设置在加强板113例如第四加强板1134上。检测卡输送座20在条形孔1111的延伸方向上滑动,并滑动至扫码设备14上方。此时,可将检测卡放置在检测卡输送座20上时,扫码设备14会立即对检测卡上的信息标识进行图像扫描。
可以理解的,扫码设备14还可以设置在机架10的其他位置,例如机架10的内部。另外,在一些实施例中,在分子诊断设备100设置有机壳时,上述实施例中的隔离门将设置在机壳位于第四加强板1134处,且与扫码设备14相对设置,以在检测卡输送座20相对于机架10滑动至隔离门处,放置检测卡在检测卡输送座20上,扫码设备14自动对检测卡上的信息标识进行图像扫描。在一实施例中,扫码设备14也可设置在机壳上。
请再次参阅图5,机架10例如顶板111上设置有与控制电路板40电连接的第一限位开关15。第一限位开关15位于顶板111的下方。第一限位开关15位于检测卡输送座20相对于机架10滑动的行程上,以便检测卡输送座20滑动时触发第一限位开关15,使第一限位开关15生成控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便控制电路板40根据控制信号控制检测卡输送座20的运行,并使检测卡输送座20停止运行,以使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置,实现了对检测卡输送座20的限位。
在一实施例中,第一限位开关15用于对检测卡输送座20在沿条形孔1111的延伸方向滑动时的位置进行限位。
在一实施例中,第一限位开关15位于顶板111在条形孔1111附近的位置。第一限位开关15具体可位于条形孔1111远离安装孔1112的一端。当然,第一限位开关15还可以设置在机架10的其他位置,也可以在分子诊断设备100设置了机壳的情况下,将第一限位开关15设置在机壳上。
在一些实施例中,第一限位开关15可为光耦限位开关,光耦限位开关具体可为槽形光耦。槽形光耦 中限位发光部与限位受光部的中间设置凹槽,在检测卡输送座20的部位置于凹槽内时,检测卡输送座20阻断限位发光部与限位受光部之间的光线传输,槽形光耦进而产生控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便检测卡输送座20在控制电路板40的控制下停止运行,进而使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置处。
请参阅图8,图8为图3中机架10的部分结构示意图。机架10例如机架主体11上可设置有与控制电路板40电连接的第二限位开关16,以对检测卡输送座20限位。第二限位开关16可位于检测卡输送座20在第一导轨1126上滑动的行程上,以对检测卡输送座20在第一导轨1126上滑动时的位置进行限定。
第二限位开关16在检测卡输送座20在第一导轨1126上滑动时被触发,生成控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便控制电路板40根据控制信号控制检测卡输送座20的运行,并使检测卡输送座20停止运行,以使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置,实现了对检测卡输送座20的限位。
请一同参阅图8和图9,图9为图8中第二限位开关16的结构示意图。第二限位开关16可包括安装在支腿112例如第三支腿1123上的安装壳体161以及设置在安装壳体161上的第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163。其中,第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163均位于检测卡输送座20在第一导轨1126上滑动的行程上,使得检测卡输送座20在第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163之间的行程上滑动。第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163均与控制电路板40电连接。
可以理解的,对于“第一限位开关”“第二限位开关”“子限位开关”“第一子限位开关”“第二子限位开关”以及“限位开关”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一限位开关”称为“第二限位开关”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二限位开关”称为“第一限位开关”。
安装壳体161采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。安装壳体161整体呈壳体状。安装壳体161可安装在机架主体11例如第三支腿1123上。安装壳体161具体可采用螺接、卡接、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在机架主体11例如第三支腿1123上。
安装壳体161可位于第三支腿1123靠近电路安装板13的一侧。当然,安装壳体161还可以安装在机架10的其他位置,不做过多赘述。
第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163可设置在安装壳体161的同侧。第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163具体可为安装壳体161远离电路安装板13的一侧。
第一子限位开关162可在检测卡输送座20向检测卡检测座30一侧滑动时被触发生成信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便控制电路板40根据控制信号控制检测卡输送座20的运行,并使检测卡输送座20停止运行,以使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置,实现了对检测卡输送座20向检测卡检测座30一侧滑动时的位置限位。
第二子限位开关163可在检测卡输送座20向远离检测卡检测座30一侧滑动(即向顶板111一侧滑动)时被触发生成信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便控制电路板40根据控制信号控制检测卡输送座20的运行,并使检测卡输送座20停止运行,以使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置,实现了对检测卡输送座20向顶板111一侧滑动时的位置限位,降低检测卡输送座20与顶板111接触产生的互相损伤。
在一实施例中,第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163可均为光耦限位开关,在检测卡输送座20的部位置于凹槽内时,检测卡输送座20阻断限位发光部与限位受光部之间的光线传输,槽形光耦进而产生控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,以便第一驱动装置12例如驱动组件121在控制电路板40的控制下停止运行,进而使得检测卡输送座20停留在预定位置处。
可以理解的,第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163还可以是行程开关、接近开关等限位件等。第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163也可以是具有限位功能的传感器。
在一实施例中,安装壳体161可以省略,第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163可以直接设置在机架10的其他位置。当然,分子诊断设备100在设置机壳的情况下,安装壳体161也可以设置在机壳上。甚至,安装壳体161可以省略,第一子限位开关162和第二子限位开关163可以直接设置在机壳上。
请参阅图2,检测卡输送座20可包括安装在机架10例如第一导轨1126上的抵压盘50及托运组件60。其中,托运组件60用于放置检测卡。抵压盘50与第一驱动装置12连接,以在第一驱动装置12的作用下,在第一导轨1126上滑动,进而带动托运组件60在第一导轨1126上滑动,托运组件60可托运检测卡并托运至检测卡检测座30上。
请参阅图10,图10为本申请图2中抵压盘50的爆炸示意图。抵压盘50可包括安装在机架10例如丝杠主体1224上的第一壳体51、设置在第一壳体51朝向检测卡检测座30一侧的电磁件52、用于对托运组件60上的检测卡进行固定的压紧件53、设置在第一壳体51上的加热组件54、安装在第一壳体51上且分别与电磁件52和加热组件54电连接的第一电路板55、安装在第一壳体51上且用于对压紧件53进行固定的锁紧件56、盖设在第一壳体51远离电磁件52一侧的第二壳体57以及设置在第一壳体51上且安装在机架10例如第一导轨1126上的第一滑轨组件58。其中,第一壳体51和第二壳体57扣合形成抵压 盘主体。第一电路板55可与控制电路板40电连接。电磁件52可在控制电路板40的控制下产生磁作用力,以将压紧件53吸附在第一壳体51上。电磁件52可在控制电路板40的控制下消除磁作用力,以避免对压紧件53进行吸附。加热组件54可在控制电路板40的控制下对检测卡进行加热。第一滑轨组件58可在机架10例如第一导轨1126上滑动。第一壳体51与机架10例如丝杠主体1224连接,以在丝杠主体1224的转动下在第一导轨1126的延伸方向上滑动。
请参阅图11和图12,图11和图12分别为图10中第一壳体51不同视角的结构示意图。第一壳体51可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第一壳体51可呈板状结构,当然也可以为其他形状,不作赘述。第一壳体51可包括壳体主体511。壳体主体511朝向第二壳体57一侧的中部设置有容纳槽512,以用于容纳第一电路板55和锁紧件56。容纳槽512的截面可呈圆形,也可以为其他形状。
壳体主体511在容纳槽512的周围可设置卡接孔513,以用于安装加热组件54。卡接孔513可圆周均布在容纳槽512的周围。卡接孔513的数量可为1个或多个。在一些实施例中,卡接孔513的数量也可为2、3、4、5、6……中的一个。在一实施例中,卡接孔513的数量可具体为6个。在一实施例中。卡接孔513的形状为环状结构的一段。
壳体主体511设置有豁口514以对托运组件60让位。豁口514自壳体主体511靠近第四加强板1134的一侧边缘向内部延伸设置。豁口514可与条形孔1111相对设置,且豁口514的延伸方向可与条形孔1111的延伸方向一致,以便托运组件60同时在条形孔1111和豁口514内滑动。在一实施例中,豁口514位于相邻两个卡接孔513之间。
壳体主体511在容纳槽512内且在豁口514的边缘向靠近第二壳体57一侧弯折设置形成侧壁5111,以将豁口514和容纳槽512之间进行隔离。在一实施例中,侧壁5111靠近第二壳体57的表面与壳体主体511靠近第二壳体57的表面平齐。在一实施例中,侧壁5111可用于支撑第二壳体57。
壳体主体511在容纳槽512内设置贯穿壳体主体511的插接孔例如第一插接孔5112和第二插接孔5113,以便在插接孔处安装锁紧件56。在一实施例中,插接孔例如第一插接孔5112和第二插接孔5113可以省略。
壳体主体511在容纳槽512内设置限位柱5114,以对第一电路板55的安装位置进行限位。例如限位柱5114围设在豁口514的周围,以与壳体主体511配合形成安装第一电路板55的空间,以对第一电路板55的安装位置进行限位。在一实施例中,限位柱5114上设置连通孔5114a,以便电路走线从壳体主体511靠近电磁件52一侧穿设于连通孔5114a内,并伸入容纳槽512内与第一电路板55电连接。
在一实施例中,限位柱5114也可用于与第二壳体57抵接以支撑第二壳体57。在一实施例中,限位柱5114也可以省略。在一实施例中,连通孔5114a可直接设置在壳体主体511的其他位置上而不设置在限位柱5114上。
壳体主体511在容纳槽512内设置有连接柱5115,以用于安装第一电路板55,以避免第一电路板55直接与壳体主体511直接接触。在一实施例中,连接柱5115可通过螺接、插接、卡接、粘接、焊接等连接方式连接固定第一电路板55。在一实施例中,连接柱5115也可以省略,第一电路板55直接固定在容纳槽512内。
壳体主体511在卡接孔513远离第二壳体57一侧的边缘向卡接孔513内弯折形成凸沿5116,以对加热组件54进行卡接安装,避免加热组件54从壳体主体511靠近电磁件52一侧滑脱。卡接孔513与容纳槽512之间设置连通口5117,以便与加热组件54连接的电路走线穿过连通口5117与第一电路板55电连接。
壳体主体511在靠近丝杆组件122例如第一丝杠1221的部位设置第一螺接部515。壳体主体511在靠近丝杆组件122例如第二丝杠1222的部位设置第二螺接部516。螺接部例如第一螺接部515、第二螺接部516可包括自壳体主体511延伸设置的连接耳5151以及安装在连接耳5151上的螺接件5152。螺接件5152可套设在丝杆组件122例如丝杠主体1224上。螺接件5152的内部设置有与丝杠主体1224的外螺纹配合的内螺纹,以在丝杆组件122例如丝杠主体1224的转动下,使得壳体主体511在丝杆组件122例如丝杠主体1224的延伸方向移动。
壳体主体511设置有定位孔517,以用于对检测卡的位置进行定位。
壳体主体511远离第二壳体57一侧表面的中部设置让位槽518,以用于容纳电磁件52和压紧件53、加热组件54。在一实施例中,让位槽518的截面呈圆形,当然也可以为其他形状,不做赘述。让位槽518与容纳槽512相对于壳体主体511背对背设置,以使让位槽518与豁口514连通,插接孔例如第一插接孔5112和第二插接孔5113位于让位槽518内,限位柱5114上的连通孔5114a位于让位槽518内,卡接孔513位于让位槽518的四周。在一实施例中,让位槽518可省略。
在一实施例中,壳体主体511在让位槽518内圆周均布多个容置槽,以用于安装电磁件52。容置槽的数量可为多个,具体数量可为2、3、4、5、6等中的一个。在一实施例中,容置槽的数量可为2个, 例如第一容置槽5118和第二容置槽5119。
请再次参阅图10,电磁件52可通电产生磁作用力,进而对压紧件53进行吸附固定。电磁件52可包括分别与第一电路板55电连接的第一电磁铁521和第二电磁铁522。其中,第一电磁铁521可安装在第一容置槽5118内。第二电磁铁522可安装在第二容置槽5119内。具体地,第一电磁铁521和第二电磁铁522可通过螺接、卡接、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在壳体主体511上。在一实施例中,与第一电磁铁521和第二电磁铁522电连接的电路走线穿过连通孔5114a与第一电路板55电连接。在一实施例中,电磁件52可以省略。
请参阅图13,图13为本申请图10中压紧件53的结构示意图。压紧件53的数量可为1个或多个。在一实施例中,压紧件53的数量可为2个,分别为第一压紧件531和第二压紧件532。两个压紧件53之间设置有间隙533。间隙533与条形孔1111相对设置,以对托运组件60让位,使得托运组件60可同时在间隙533与条形孔1111中移动。
每一个压紧件53可采用硬性材料例如金属等制成,具体可为被电磁铁在磁作用力下吸附的金属例如铁等制成。当然,在某些实施例中,每一个压紧件53也可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成,以便与锁紧件56卡接。
每一个压紧件53整体可呈板状结构,大体可呈圆形的部分或环形的部分,当然也可以为其他形状,不作赘述。压紧件53例如第一压紧件531可包括压紧件主体5311。压紧件主体5311可设置有让位部5312,以对检测卡让位,以增加压紧件主体5311与检测卡的接触面积,从而对检测卡进行限位。在一实施例中,让位部5312可为穿孔或缺口。
第一压紧件531的压紧件主体5311朝向第二压紧件532的边缘设置有子让位部5313。第二压紧件532的压紧件主体5311朝向第一压紧件531的边缘设置有子让位部5313。第一压紧件531的子让位部5313和第二压紧件532的子让位部5313相对设置,并可组成让位部,以对检测卡让位,以增加压紧件主体5311与检测卡的接触面积,从而对检测卡进行限位。在一实施例中,子让位部5313可为缺口。
在一实施例中,上述实施例中的让位部可圆周均布,以便对检测卡进行合理固定、限位。可以理解的,让位部的数量可与卡接孔513的数量或检测卡的数量一致。
压紧件主体5311设置有第一卡固部5314,以便与托运组件60可拆卸连接。
在一实施例中,第一压紧件531和第二压紧件532可为一体结构,仅在与条形孔1111相对的位置处设置间隙533。间隙533自压紧件53的边缘向内延伸设置。在一实施例中,间隙533也可省略,压紧件53可作为托运组件60的一部分。
在电磁件52对压紧件53吸附时,电磁件52中的一个电磁铁例如第一电磁铁521可以吸附第一压紧件531例如压紧件主体5311的表面,另一个电磁铁例如第二电磁铁522压紧件53吸附第二压紧件532例如压紧件主体5311的表面。
在一实施例中,压紧件53也可以与锁紧件56锁紧固定。例如压紧件主体5311在相邻两个让位部之间部位可被锁紧件56夹紧固定。当然,也可以在压紧件主体5311上设置对应的连接结构例如连接柱、吊耳等结构,以被锁紧件56夹紧固定。
请再次参阅图10,加热组件54可包括安装在第一壳体51例如壳体主体511靠近第二壳体57一侧的第一加热件541以及安装在第一壳体51例如壳体主体511远离第二壳体57一侧的第二加热件542。第一加热件541与第二加热件542配合以在与检测卡抵接或合适的场景或合适位置时对检测卡进行加热处理。
可以理解的,对于“第一加热件”“第二加热件”以及“加热件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一加热件”称为“第二加热件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二加热件”称为“第一加热件”。
请参阅图14和图15,图14和图15分别为图10中第一加热件541不同视角的结构示意图。第一加热件541可包括加热主体5411。加热主体5411可采用可导热的硬性材料例如金属制成,便于对检测卡进行加热。加热主体5411内部可设置加热电阻等发热器件。
加热主体5411可置于第一壳体51例如卡接孔513内,与第一壳体51例如壳体主体511卡接,以实现加热主体5411在第一壳体51上的安装。
加热主体5411朝向第二壳体57一侧的表面设置凹槽5412以与第二壳体57配合。加热主体5411朝向第二壳体57一侧的边缘设置卡沿5413,以便加热主体5411从第一壳体51靠近第二壳体57一侧置于卡接孔513内,并在第一壳体51远离第二壳体57的一侧裸露,同时卡沿5413与凸沿5116配合卡接,避免加热主体5411从第一壳体51靠近电磁件52的一侧滑脱。
在一些实施例中,在加热主体5411位于卡接孔513内时,与加热主体5411内部发热器件电连接的电路走线可穿过连通口5117与第一电路板55电连接,以实现对加热主体5411内部发热器件的控制。
可以理解的,在一实施例中,加热主体5411可与第一壳体51例如壳体主体511为一体结构。
请参阅图10,第二加热件542整体可为环形结构。第二加热件542可采用可导热的硬性材料例如金属制成,内部可设置加热电阻等发热器件。第二加热件542安装在壳体主体511的让位槽518内。第二加热件542可通过螺接、插接、卡扣等连接方式固定在让位槽518上。第二加热件542设置有缺口5421以对豁口514以及托运组件60让位。
在一些实施例中,在第二加热件542位于让位槽518内时,与第二加热件542内部发热器件电连接的电路走线可穿过连通孔5114a与第一电路板55电连接,以实现对第二加热件542内部发热器件的控制。
请参阅图16,图16为图10中第一电路板55的结构示意图。第一电路板55整体可为环形结构。第一电路板55上设置有电阻、电容、电感等电子元器件。第一电路板55安装在壳体主体511的容纳槽512内。第一电路板55可被限位柱5114限位避免晃动。第一电路板55可通过螺接、插接、卡扣等连接方式固定在连接柱5115上。第一电路板55设置有缺口551以对侧壁5111、豁口514以及托运组件60让位。第一电路板55可分别与加热组件54内的发热器件、电磁件52电连接,以便对加热组件54内的发热器件和电磁件52分别进行控制。在一实施例中,第一电路板55可以在不为控制电路板40分担工作压力的情况下,可以省略,加热组件54内的发热器件和电磁件52可直接与控制电路板40电连接。
请参阅图17和图18,图17为图10中锁紧件56的结构示意图,图18为图17中锁紧件56沿线XVII-XVII的剖面图。锁紧件56可包括固定在壳体主体511上的锁紧壳体561、设置在锁紧壳体561内部的联动组件562以及设置在锁紧壳体561外且与联动组件562连接的锁紧爪563。
具体地,锁紧壳体561内部中空,在开口的相对两侧设置卡壁5611,卡壁5611向锁紧壳体561外凸伸设置。锁紧壳体561在与卡壁5611邻近的部位设置让位孔5612。锁紧壳体561在让位孔5612内设置卡块5613。卡块5613可发生弹性形变。卡块5613向锁紧壳体561外凸伸设置。在锁紧件56安装在壳体主体511上时,锁紧壳体561远离卡壁5611的一端从第一壳体51例如壳体主体511远离第二壳体57的一侧伸入第一插接孔5112或第二插接孔5113内。卡块5613受到第一壳体51例如壳体主体511的挤压而发生弹性形变,使得卡块5613穿过插接孔,进而使得壳体主体511卡在让位孔5612处,卡壁5611位于壳体主体511远离第二壳体57的一侧,并与让位槽518的底面抵接,卡块5613置于壳体主体511靠近第二壳体57的一侧,并与容纳槽512的底面抵接,进而在卡壁5611和卡块5613的作用下,实现了锁紧壳体561与第一壳体51例如壳体主体511的卡接安装。可以理解的,锁紧壳体561也可以通过螺接、插接、卡扣、粘接、焊接等等连接方式固定在壳体主体511上,不作赘述。
联动组件562可包括安装在锁紧壳体561内部的联动主体5621、与联动主体5621滑动连接的连接件5622、安装在联动主体5621与连接件5622上且迫使连接件5622相对于联动主体5621向锁紧壳体561外滑动的弹性件5623以及设置在联动主体5621上用以对连接件5622进行锁定或解锁的联动件5624。
联动主体5621呈中空柱状,设置于锁紧壳体561内,其从锁紧壳体561内的底面延伸至卡块5613的位置处。在一实施例中,联动主体5621可与锁紧壳体561为一体结构。在一实施例中,联动主体5621可省略。
连接件5622设置于所述联动主体5621中,其可呈柱状设置,一部分连接件5622的外径大于另一部分连接件5622的外径,外径较大的连接件5622一端与锁紧爪563连接固定。在一实施例中,连接件5622的外径一致。
弹性件5623套设在连接件5622上外径较小的部分。在一实施例中,弹性件5623可为弹簧,套设在连接件5622的周围,一端与联动主体5621或锁紧壳体561抵接,另一端与连接件5622抵接。可以理解的,弹性件5623还可以采用其他弹性材料制成,不作赘述。
联动件5624固定在联动主体5621内部,以对联动件5624进行锁定或解锁。联动件5624可为电磁铁,例如电磁铁与控制电路板40电连接,以在控制电路板40的控制下,以对处于某个位置的连接件5622进行吸附固定,使得连接件5622无法移动,以实现对连接件5622进行锁定,在对连接件5622解锁时,同样是联动件5624在控制电路板40的控制下,以对处于某个位置的连接件5622进行解锁。在一实施例中,联动件5624也可以为其他结构例如电磁铁。当然联动件5624还可以为机械结构例如转轮、棘轮等可对连接件5622进行锁定或解锁的结构。
在一实施例中,联动件5624可设置为:
在联动件5624对连接件5622锁紧时,连接件5622再次向锁紧壳体561内运动以与联动主体5621相对滑动,可触发联动件5624,可破坏联动件5624对连接件5622锁定的状态。
在联动件5624未对连接件5622锁紧时,连接件5622向锁紧壳体561内运动以与联动主体5621相对滑动,进而触发联动件5624,使得联动件5624对连接件5622锁定。
锁紧件56在使用时,锁紧爪563与压紧件53位置正对时,锁紧爪563可在第一壳体51的带动下,向压紧件53一侧运动,使得锁紧爪563与压紧件53抵接,锁紧爪563受到向锁紧壳体561内运动的抵接力,进而向锁紧壳体561内运动,同时受到锁紧壳体561对锁紧爪563的挤压力,使得锁紧爪563闭合以 对压紧件53例如相邻两个让位部之间的位置或连接柱或连接耳等结构夹紧,实现了对压紧件53的夹紧锁定。同时,锁紧爪563受到向锁紧壳体561内运动的抵接力会触发联动组件562,联动组件562使得锁紧爪563保持锁定状态。在锁紧爪563保持锁定状态时,再次受到向锁紧壳体561内运动的抵接力,锁紧爪563再向锁紧壳体561内运动,会再次触发联动组件562,联动组件562将打破锁紧爪563保持的锁定状态,实现解锁,进而在联动组件562的作用下,使得锁紧爪563向远离锁紧壳体561的一侧运动,进而使得锁紧爪563张开,无法对压紧件53夹紧锁定,进而放下压紧件53。
在一实施例中,锁紧件56也可以为门锁开关。在一实施例中,在电磁件52存在的情况下,也可以省略锁紧件56。
请参阅图19和图20,图19和图20分别为图10中第二壳体57不同视角的结构示意图。第二壳体57可包括可与第一壳体51例如壳体主体511扣合的盖体主体571。其中,盖体主体571可与第一壳体51例如壳体主体511采用螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等连接方式连接固定,不做赘述。
盖体主体571可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。盖体主体571设置有贯穿孔572。贯穿孔572可与容纳槽512相对设置,以对第一电路板55让位,使得第一电路板55裸露在外。在一实施例中,贯穿孔572可以省略,盖体主体571完全覆盖在第一壳体51例如壳体主体511上。在一实施例中,贯穿孔572的大小可以调节,使得贯穿孔572与豁口514在壳体主体511内的部位相对应,以对托运组件60让位,另外,盖体主体571会将第一电路板55遮盖。
盖体主体571设置有豁口573。豁口573自盖体主体571的边缘向内延伸设置以与贯穿孔572连通。豁口573设置在盖体主体571与豁口514相对的位置,以在盖体主体571与壳体主体511扣合时,豁口573与豁口514连通,以对托运组件60让位,使得托运组件60可在豁口573内滑动。
盖体主体571朝向第一壳体51的一侧设置有固定柱574。固定柱574自盖体主体571的表面凸伸设置。固定柱574位于盖体主体571与加热组件54的凹槽5412相对的位置,以便在固定柱574上套设弹簧,以使得弹簧一端抵接盖体主体571,一端抵接加热组件54在凹槽5412的部位。可以理解的,在弹簧的作用下,加热组件54在第一壳体51远离第二壳体57的一侧受力时,可以与第一壳体51相对移动,向第二壳体57一侧移动,弹簧被压缩。在一实施例中,固定柱574可以省略。在一实施例中,弹簧还可以用其他弹性件来替代,不作赘述。
盖体主体571在远离第一壳体51的一侧设置有挂耳575,以与托运组件60连接。挂耳575采用螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等连接方式连接固定在盖体主体571上。在一实施例中,挂耳575的数量可为两个,例如第一挂耳5751和第二挂耳5752。第一挂耳5751和第二挂耳5752对称设置。可以理解的,在挂耳575起到连接托运组件60的作用时,挂耳575的数量以及设置位置可根据实际需要进行设置。
盖体主体571还设置有定位孔576,定位孔576位于盖体主体571上与定位孔517相对的位置,以在盖体主体571与壳体主体511扣合时,定位孔576与定位孔517相通,实现对检测卡的定位。
请参阅图10和图21,图21为图10中抵压盘50的立体结构示意图。第一滑轨组件58设置在第一壳体51上,以实现第一壳体51与机架10例如第一导轨1126的滑动连接。第一滑轨组件58可包括多个滑轨。具体滑轨数量可与第一导轨1126的数量相同,在一些实施例中,滑轨的数量也可以少于第一导轨1126。
在一实施例中,滑轨的数量可为4个,分别为第一滑轨581、第二滑轨582、第三滑轨583以及第四滑轨584。
请参阅图21和图22,图22为图21中第一滑轨581的结构示意图。每一个滑轨例如第一滑轨581可包括设置在第一壳体51例如壳体主体511上的第一滑轨安装件5811以及安装在第一滑轨安装件5811的第一滑轨件5812。其中,第一滑轨件5812可安装在第一导轨1126上,以实现第一滑轨件5812和第一导轨1126的相对滑动。
第一滑轨安装件5811可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第一滑轨安装件5811可通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等连接方式固定在第一壳体51例如壳体主体511的侧面。第一滑轨安装件5811在远离检测卡检测座30的一侧向盖体主体571一侧弯折设置形成弯折部5814。弯折部5814可与第二壳体57远离第一壳体51一侧抵接。在一实施例中,可通过螺栓、螺钉等螺接结构依次穿过弯折部5814、第二壳体57并与第一壳体51连接固定,当然还可以采用其他方式例如插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接实现弯折部5814、第二壳体57并与第一壳体51相互之间的连接固定关系。
在一实施例中,可在一个滑轨例如第一滑轨581上设置限位板5813,以与第二限位开关16配合,例如,在抵压盘50与机架10例如第一导轨1126滑动时,限位板5813可在抵压盘50的行程上滑动,当限位板5813滑动至预定位置时,可置于第二限位开关16例如槽形光耦的凹槽内,阻断限位发光部与限位受光部之间的光线传输,进而使得槽形光耦被触发产生控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,在控制电路板40的控制下,停止第一驱动装置12例如驱动组件121的运行,进行停止抵压盘50的移动。可以理解的, 限位板5813也可设置在第一滑轨组件58中其他滑轨上,也可设置在抵压盘50的其他部位。
请参阅图23,图23为机架10与抵压盘50的连接结构示意图。其中,抵压盘50安装在机架10上。第一滑轨581的第一滑轨件5812安装在第三支腿1123上的第一导轨1126上。相应地,第二滑轨582的第一滑轨件5812安装在第四支腿1124上的第一导轨1126上。第三滑轨583的第一滑轨件5812安装在第一支腿1121上的第一导轨1126上。第二滑轨582的第一滑轨件5812安装在第二支腿1122上的第一导轨1126上。第一螺接部515与第一丝杠1221例如丝杠主体1224螺接。第二螺接部516与第二丝杠1222例如丝杠主体1224螺接。可在驱动组件121运动时,带动第一丝杠1221、第二丝杠1222同步运动,进而第一丝杠1221、第二丝杠1222均与抵压盘50相对转动,以使抵压盘50的第一滑轨组件58例如第一滑轨件5812可在第一导轨1126上滑动,实现了抵压盘50的位置移动,具体地是实现了抵压盘50在竖直方向上的位置移动。
请参阅图24,图24为图2中托运组件60的结构示意图。托运组件60可包括设置在抵压盘50上方且安装在机架10例如第一导轨1126上的滑动架61以及安装在滑动架61上的托运件62。其中,滑动架61可在机架10例如第一导轨1126上滑动。滑动架61与抵压盘50连接,以在某些情景中与抵压盘50一同在机架10上滑动。托运件62可用于放置检测卡。托运件62可相对于滑动架61滑动。托运件62相对于滑动架61的滑动方向与滑动架61相对于机架10的滑动方向不同。
可以理解的,托运组件60在伸展时,托运件62在滑动架61上滑动,以滑动至机架10外的第一位置,完成伸展,在托运组件60处于伸展状态时放置检测卡。然后,托运组件60在收缩时,托运件62在滑动架61上滑动,以滑动至机架10内的第二位置,完成收缩,在托运组件60处于收缩状态时可在第一导轨1126上的第三位置和第四位置之间滑动。在一些实施例中,托运组件60可在第三位置时进行伸展。在一些实施例中,托运组件60可在第三位置与第四位置之间的位置进行伸展。
请参阅图25,图25为图24中滑动架61的结构示意图。滑动架61可包括固定架611、安装在固定架611上且与机架10例如第一导轨1126滑动连接的第二滑轨组件612、安装在固定架611上且用于安装托运件62的第二导轨613以及用于驱动托运件62在第二导轨613上滑动的第二驱动装置614。
可以理解的,对于“第一驱动装置”“第二驱动装置”以及“驱动装置”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一驱动装置”称为“第二驱动装置”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二驱动装置”称为“第一驱动装置”。
固定架611可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。固定架611整体可呈框架结构,当然也可以为其他形状,不做赘述。固定架611可包括第一连接板6111、与第一连接板6111连接的第二连接板6112、与第二连接板6112连接且与第一连接板6111相对设置的第三连接板6113以及连接第三连接板6113和第一连接板6111且与第二连接板6112相对设置的第四连接板6114。
在一实施例中,第一连接板6111、第二连接板6112、第三连接板6113以及第四连接板6114可围设形成矩形。其中,第二连接板6112的延伸方向和第四连接板6114的延伸方向均可与条形孔1111的延伸方向一致,当然也可以不一致。
第二滑轨组件612设置在固定架611上,用于在第二滑轨组件612与机架10例如第一导轨1126滑动连接时实现固定架611与机架10的滑动连接。第二滑轨组件612可包括多个滑轨,具体滑轨数量可与第一导轨1126的数量相同,在一些实施例中,滑轨的数量也可以少于第一导轨1126。
在一实施例中,滑轨的数量可为4个,分别为第一滑轨6121、第二滑轨6122、第三滑轨6123以及第四滑轨6124。
每一个滑轨例如第一滑轨6121可包括设置在固定架611上的第二滑轨安装件6125以及安装在第二滑轨安装件6125的第二滑轨件6126。其中,第二滑轨件6126可安装在第一导轨1126上,以实现第二滑轨件6126与机架10例如第一导轨1126的相对滑动。
第二滑轨安装件6125可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第二滑轨安装件6125可通过螺接、插接、焊接、卡扣、粘接等方式固定在固定架611上。在一实施例中,第二滑轨安装件6125可以省略,第二滑轨件6126可直接设置在固定架611上。
在第二滑轨组件612与机架10例如第一导轨1126滑动连接时,滑轨例如第一滑轨6121的第二滑轨件6126与第二支腿1122的第一导轨1126滑动连接。滑轨例如第二滑轨6122的第二滑轨件6126与第三支腿1123的第一导轨1126滑动连接。滑轨例如第三滑轨6123的第二滑轨件6126与第四支腿1124的第一导轨1126滑动连接。滑轨例如第四滑轨6124的第二滑轨件6126与第一支腿1121的第一导轨1126滑动连接。
在一实施例中,第一滑轨6121和第四滑轨6124设置在第四连接板6114远离第二连接板6112的一侧。第二滑轨6122和第三滑轨6123设置在第二连接板6112远离第四连接板6114的一侧。当然,至于第一滑轨6121、第二滑轨6122、第三滑轨6123和第四滑轨6124分别在固定架611上的安装位置可以根据实际 情况进行调整。
第二导轨613安装在固定架611上,用于安装托运件62,使得托运件62在第二导轨613上滑动。第二导轨613的延伸方向可与条形孔1111的延伸方向一致,以便托运件62在第二导轨613上滑动的同时也在条形孔1111内滑动。第二导轨613可包括设置在固定架611例如第二连接板6112上的第一子导轨6131以及设置在固定架611例如第四连接板6114上的第二子导轨6132。第一子导轨6131的延伸方向可与第二子导轨6132的延伸方向一致。第一子导轨6131和第二子导轨6132可分别通过螺接、卡扣、焊接、粘接、插接等方式固定在固定架611上。在一实施例中,第一子导轨6131的延伸方向为水平方向。在一实施例中,托运件62在第一子导轨6131上滑动时不影响托运件62在条形孔1111内滑动时,第一子导轨6131的延伸方向可与第二子导轨6132的延伸方向不同。
可以理解的,对于“第一导轨”“第二导轨”以及“导轨”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一导轨”称为“第二导轨”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二导轨”称为“第一导轨”。
第二驱动装置614可包括设置在固定架611上的第二驱动件6141以及与第二驱动件6141连接的丝杠6142。其中,第二驱动件6141可安装在固定架611例如第一连接板6111上,用于驱动丝杠6142转动。第二驱动件6141可与控制电路板40电连接,以在控制电路板40的控制下运动。丝杠6142与固定架611例如第一连接板6111、第四连接板6114转动连接。丝杠6142的延伸方向可与第二导轨613的延伸方向一致。丝杠6142的外表面设置有外螺纹。丝杠6142通过外螺纹与托运件62螺接,以在丝杠6142转动时,丝杠6142与托运件62相对转动,在丝杠6142与第二导轨613的配合下使得托运件62在第二导轨613上滑动。
第二驱动件6141安装在第一连接板6111远离第三连接板6113的一侧,具体可通过螺钉、螺栓、卡扣、插接、焊接、粘接等连接方式连接固定。在一实施例中,第二驱动件6141可为电机。电机的输出轴可贯穿第一连接板6111并与丝杠6142连接。当然,第二驱动件6141也可以为其他类型的动力源。
可以理解的,在丝杠6142数量多至可以维持、支撑托运件62的稳定性时,可以省略第二导轨613。
在一些实施例中,为了对托运件62中检测卡进行定位,固定架611例如第一连接板6111设置有定位光发生器615。定位光发生器615位于第一连接板6111远离第三连接板6113一侧。定位光发生器615与抵压盘50上的定位孔例如定位孔576与定位孔517相对设置,以便定位光发生器615发出的光穿过抵压盘50上的定位孔例如定位孔576与定位孔517,然后与定位光接收器716(图33所示)配合对托运件62上的检测卡进行定位。
在一实施例中,为了实现对托运件62的运动进行限位,可在固定架611例如第二连接板6112靠近第四连接板6114的一侧设置光传感器616。光传感器616与控制电路板40电连接,以在控制电路板40的控制下工作。光传感器616可包括用于发出光线的发光单元与用于接收光线的光接收单元。在托运件62沿第二导轨613向第一连接板6111一侧滑动时,并到达预定位置时可接收发光单元发出的光,并将光反射至光接收单元,光传感器616被触发生成控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,控制电路板40对托运件62进行控制,使得托运件62保持在预定位置。在一实施例中,光传感器616位于第二连接板6112靠近第一连接板6111的一侧。在一实施例中,光传感器616还可以用上述实施例中的第一限位开关15、行程开关、接近开关等进行限位。
在一些实施例中,为了实现抵压盘50与滑动架61一同滑动,可在固定架611上设置牵引件617。为了实现抵压盘50和滑动架61的稳定滑动,牵引件617的数量可为多个。例如,牵引件617的数量可为2个,分别为第一牵引件6171和第二牵引件6172。两个牵引件617可对称设置在固定架611的两侧。
在一实施例中,第一牵引件6171设置在第二连接板6112远离第四连接板6114的一侧。第二牵引件6172设置在第四连接板6114远离第二连接板6112的一侧。
每一个牵引件617例如第二牵引件6172可包括设置在连接板例如第四连接板6114上的悬挂件6172a以及一端与悬挂件6172a连接且另一端与抵压盘50例如挂耳575连接的弹性件6172b。其中通过弹性件6172b增加固定架611与抵压盘50之间的紧密配合。
在一实施例中,悬挂件6172a可为柱状结构。第一牵引件6171的悬挂件6172a设置在第二连接板6112远离第四连接板6114的一侧。第一牵引件6171的悬挂件6172a可位于第二滑轨6122与第三滑轨6123之间。第二牵引件6172的悬挂件6172a设置在第四连接板6114远离第二连接板6112的一侧。第二牵引件6172的悬挂件6172a可位于第一滑轨6121与第四滑轨6124之间。
在一实施例中,弹性件6172b可为拉簧。第一牵引件6171的弹性件6172b例如拉簧的一端可与第一牵引件6171的悬挂件6172a连接固定。第一牵引件6171的弹性件6172b例如拉簧的另一端可与抵压盘50例如第一挂耳5751连接固定。第二牵引件6172的弹性件6172b例如拉簧的一端可与第二牵引件6172的悬挂件6172a连接固定。第二牵引件6172的弹性件6172b例如拉簧的另一端可与抵压盘50例如第二挂 耳5752连接固定。
可以理解的,在一些实施例中,每一个牵引件617的悬挂件6172a可以省略,而相应配套的弹性件6172b可直接与固定架611中相应的连接板直接连接固定。在一些实施例中,在托运组件60依靠自身重力可以实现随抵压盘50一同运动的情况下,可以省略牵引件617。在一些实施例中,牵引件617可以省略,托运组件60可与丝杆组件122例如第一丝杠1221、第二丝杠1222螺纹连接。
请参阅图26,图26为图24中托运件62的结构示意图。托运件62可包括安装在第二导轨613上且与第二驱动装置614例如丝杠6142螺接的滑动座63、安装在滑动座63上的第三驱动件64以及安装在第三驱动件64上且可被第三驱动件64驱动做旋转运动的卡托65。其中,滑动座63在第二导轨613上滑动,以带动第三驱动件64、卡托65一起移动,可移动至在机架10外的位置,以在卡托65上放置检测卡,滑动座63也可带动第三驱动件64、卡托65移动至位于机架10内的位置,第三驱动件64可带动卡托65上的检测卡做离心运动以完成检测卡的离心处理。
请参阅图27和图28,图27和图28分别为图26中滑动座63不同视角的结构示意图。滑动座63可包括用于安装第三驱动件64的滑动座主体631、设置在滑动座主体631上且与第二导轨613例如第一子导轨6131滑动连接的第三滑轨组件632、设置在滑动座主体631上且与第二导轨613例如第二子导轨6132滑动连接的第四滑轨组件633。其中,第四滑轨组件633可与第二驱动装置614例如丝杠6142螺接。以在第二驱动装置614的驱动下,带动滑动座主体631在第二导轨613上滑动。
滑动座主体631可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。滑动座主体631可包括底板6311以及围设在底板6311周围的侧板6312。其中,底板6311中部可开设让位孔6311a,以对第三驱动件64让位。侧板6312可自底板6311的边缘向远离抵压盘50的一侧延伸设置。侧板6312可包括设置第三滑轨组件632的第一侧板6312a、与第一侧板6312a连接且位于底板6311靠近第一连接板6111一侧的第二侧板6312b以及与第二侧板6312b连接且与第一侧板6312a对称设置的第三侧板6312c。
第三滑轨组件632固定在第一侧板6312a靠近第二连接板6112一侧,具体可采用螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式固定。第三滑轨组件632与第二导轨613例如第一子导轨6131滑动连接,以实现滑动座主体631与滑动架61的滑动连接。第三滑轨组件632可包括设置在滑动座主体631上例如第一侧板6312a的第三滑轨安装件6321以及安装在第三滑轨安装件6321上的第三滑轨件6322。其中,第三滑轨件6322可安装在第二导轨613例如第一子导轨6131上,以实现第三滑轨件6322和第二导轨613例如第一子导轨6131的相对滑动。
第三滑轨安装件6321可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第三滑轨安装件6321可通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式固定在侧板6312例如第一侧板6312a上。在一实施例中,第三滑轨安装件6321可以省略,第三滑轨件6322可直接设置在侧板6312例如第一侧板6312a上。
第四滑轨组件633固定在第三侧板6312c靠近第四连接板6114一侧,具体可采用螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式固定。第四滑轨组件633与第二导轨613例如第二子导轨6132滑动连接,以实现滑动座主体631与滑动架61的滑动连接。第四滑轨组件633可包括设置在滑动座主体631例如第三侧板6312c上的第四滑轨安装件6331、安装在第四滑轨安装件6331的第四滑轨件6332以及安装在第四滑轨安装件6331上的螺接件6333。其中,第四滑轨件6332可安装在第二导轨613例如第二子导轨6132上,以实现第四滑轨件6332和第二导轨613例如第二子导轨6132的相对滑动。螺接件6333可套设在丝杠6142上,螺接件6333的内部设置有与丝杠6142的外螺纹配合的内螺纹,以在第二驱动件6141的驱动下,使得滑动座63在丝杠6142的延伸方向移动。
可以理解的,对于“第一滑轨”“第二滑轨”“第三滑轨”“第四滑轨”以及“滑轨”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一滑轨”称为“第二滑轨”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二滑轨”称为“第一滑轨”。
对于“第一滑轨组件”“第二滑轨组件”“第三滑轨组件”“第四滑轨组件”以及“滑轨组件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一滑轨组件”称为“第二滑轨组件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二滑轨组件”称为“第一滑轨组件”。
对于“第一滑轨安装件”“第二滑轨安装件”“第三滑轨安装件”“第四滑轨安装件”以及“滑轨安装件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一滑轨安装件”称为“第二滑轨安装件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二滑轨安装件”称为“第一滑轨安装件”。
对于“第一滑轨件”“第二滑轨件”“第三滑轨件”“第四滑轨件”以及“滑轨件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一滑轨件”称为“第二滑轨件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二滑轨件”称为“第一滑轨件”。
第四滑轨安装件6331可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第四滑轨安装件6331可通过螺接、 插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式固定在侧板6312例如第三侧板6312c上。在一实施例中,第四滑轨安装件6331可以省略,第四滑轨件6332可直接设置在侧板6312例如第三侧板6312c上。
螺接件6333可设置在侧板6312例如第三侧板6312c与第四滑轨安装件6331之间。
在一实施例中,为了实现对滑动座63限位。滑动座63设置有第一限位件634。第一限位件634可设置在第二侧板6312b与光传感器616对应的部位上,以在滑动座63沿第二导轨613向第一连接板6111一侧滑动时,当滑动座63到达预定位置时可接收发光单元发出的光,第一限位件634将光反射至光接收单元,光传感器616生成控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,控制电路板40对第二驱动件6141进行控制。使得滑动座63位于预定位置。可以理解的,第一限位件634还可以设置在其他可以与光传感器616配合的位置例如第三驱动件64上。
另外,为了实现对滑动座63限位。滑动座63设置有与第一限位开关15配合的第二限位件(图未示)。在滑动座63向远离第一连接板6111一侧运动并达到预定位置时,第二限位件可置于第一限位开关15例如槽形光耦的凹槽内,阻断限位发光部与限位受光部之间的光线传输,进而第一限位开关15例如槽形光耦被触发产生控制信号并传输至控制电路板40,在控制电路板40的控制下,停止第二驱动件6141的运行,进而停止滑动座63的移动。可以理解的,第二限位件还可以设置在其他可以与第一限位开关15配合的位置例如第三驱动件64上。
可以理解的,对于“第一限位件”“第二限位件”以及“限位件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一限位件”称为“第二限位件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二限位件”称为“第一限位件”。
请再次参阅图26和图27,第三驱动件64安装在滑动座63例如底板6311上。侧板6312围在第三驱动件64周围。第三驱动件64具体可通过螺接、插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式与滑动座63连接固定。第三驱动件64的部分结构例如输出轴可穿过让位孔6311a,与卡托65连接固定。在一实施例中,第三驱动件64可为电机。电机的输出轴可穿过让位孔6311a并与卡托65连接。
可以理解的,对于“第一驱动件”“第二驱动件”“第三驱动件”以及“驱动件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一驱动件”称为“第二驱动件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二驱动件”称为“第一驱动件”。
卡托65置于滑动座63的下方,与第三驱动件64连接固定。
请参阅图29和图30,图29为图26中第三驱动件64和卡托65连接的结构示意图,图30为图2中第三驱动件64和卡托65、压紧件53连接的结构示意图。卡托65可包括卡托主体651。卡托主体651可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。卡托主体651呈回转体,回转体的轴心与第三驱动件64的输出轴同轴设置。在一实施例中,卡托主体651为圆形盘状结构。
卡托主体651在靠近第三驱动件64一侧设置凸筋652。凸筋652以卡托主体651与第三驱动件64连接的部位为中心朝四周发散设置。凸筋652圆周均布在卡托主体651与第三驱动件64连接的部位的周围。
相邻两个凸筋652与卡托主体651围设形成凹陷部653,以用于放置检测卡。凹陷部653的数量可与加热组件54的数量一致。当然凹陷部653的数量也可以比加热组件54的数量少。在一实施例中凹陷部653的数量可为6个,当然凹陷部653的具体数量也可以根据实际情况进行调整。
卡托主体651在凹陷部653内设置第二卡固部654,以便与检测卡卡固。第二卡固部654位于卡托主体651靠近边缘的位置。在一实施例中,第二卡固部654为凹槽或凸柱。卡托主体651在凹陷部653内设置容置孔655以对检测卡让位。在一实施例中,凹陷部653为凹槽,凹槽的深度可与检测卡的厚度相同,以便在将检测卡放置在凹陷部653时,检测卡的表面与凸筋652远离卡托主体651的表面平齐。
在一实施例中,为了实现卡托主体651与压紧件53的连接。凸筋652上可设置第三卡固部6521,以便第三卡固部6521与压紧件53卡接。在一实施例中,第三卡固部6521为凸柱,以便凸柱置于压紧件53的第一卡固部5314例如连接孔内与压紧件53卡接。在一实施例中,第一卡固部5314可设置在凸筋652上,第三卡固部6521可设置在压紧件53上。在一实施例中,第三卡固部6521与压紧件53的卡接配合关系还可以利用其他结构例如凹槽与凸柱、插接结构、卡扣结构等来替代。在一实施例中,为了进一步增强卡托主体651与压紧件53之间的配合关系,可在卡托主体651和/或凸筋652内部设置永久性磁铁或电磁铁等磁作用力连接件,以便利用磁作用力对压紧件53进行吸附,增强第三卡固部6521与压紧件53之间的配合关系,使得压紧件53可与检测卡的表面抵接,以避免检测卡安装不稳定。
在一实施例中,为了实现对检测卡定位。凸筋652上可开设定位孔6522。在卡托主体651旋转到预定位置时,定位孔6522与定位孔517、定位孔576相对,以便定位光发生器615发出的光线穿过定位孔517、定位孔576和定位孔6522时,以确认卡托主体651上的检测卡在预定位置,若在卡托主体651未旋转到预定位置时,定位光发生器615发出的光线穿过定位孔517和定位孔576,而未穿过定位孔6522时,以确认卡托主体651上的检测卡不在预定位置。
在一实施例中,卡托主体651在远离第三驱动件64的一侧设置有第一定位件656(如图31所示),以便在将检测卡托运至检测卡检测座30时,实现对检测卡的定位,使得检测卡放置在预定位置,以进行检测卡检测。在一实施例中,第一定位件656为定位块,定位块向远离卡托主体651一侧延伸,且与延伸方向垂直的截面面积渐变且逐渐减小。在一实施例中,定位块可为圆锥形。
可以理解的,卡托主体651将检测卡托运至检测卡检测座30时,托运件62可位于第四位置。
可以理解的,对于“第一位置”“第二位置”“第三位置”“第四位置”以及“位置”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一位置”称为“第二位置”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二位置”称为“第一位置”。
请参阅图31和图32,分别为本申请图2中抵压盘50和托运组件60不同视角的连接结构示意图。在抵压盘50与托运组件60连接时,先将托运组件60中除去卡托65的元件组装在一起,然后将托运组件60中的滑动架61置于抵压盘50的上方。滑动架61中的第一滑轨6121与抵压盘50的第四滑轨584相对设置以便一同安装在机架10的第二支腿1122的第一导轨1126上。滑动架61中的第二滑轨6122与抵压盘50的第一滑轨581相对设置以便一同安装在机架10的第三支腿1123的第一导轨1126上。滑动架61中的第三滑轨6123与抵压盘50的第二滑轨582相对设置以便一同安装在机架10的第四支腿1124的第一导轨1126上。滑动架61中的第四滑轨6124与抵压盘50的第三滑轨583相对设置以便一同安装在机架10的第一支腿1121的第一导轨1126上。
可以理解的,抵压盘50和托运组件60也可以分别安装在不同的第一导轨1126上。当然也可以部分第一导轨1126仅安装抵压盘50或托运组件60。
接着,将托运组件60中托运件62的卡托65置于抵压盘50远离滑动架61的一侧,以使压紧件53位于第一壳体51与卡托65之间。托运组件60中托运件62的第三驱动件64的输出轴穿过抵压盘50的豁口与卡托65连接固定。
抵压盘50的第一挂耳5751与托运组件60中的第一牵引件6171相对设置并相互连接。抵压盘50的第二挂耳5752与托运组件60中的第二牵引件6172相对设置并相互连接。具体地,第一牵引件6171的弹性件6172b的一端与第一牵引件6171的悬挂件6172a连接,第一牵引件6171的弹性件6172b的另一端与抵压盘50的第一挂耳5751连接。第二牵引件6172的弹性件6172b的一端与第二牵引件6172的悬挂件6172a连接,第二牵引件6172的弹性件6172b的另一端与抵压盘50的第一挂耳5751连接。
请参阅图33,图33为图2中检测卡检测座30的爆炸图。检测卡检测座30可包括与机架10连接固定的支撑架70、安装在支撑架70上的支撑座80、安装在支撑架70和支撑座80上的检测组件90。其中,支撑座80位于抵压盘50的下方,以便于承载检测卡输送座20例如托运组件60输送来的检测卡。检测组件90与控制电路板40电连接。检测组件90在支撑座80上放置检测卡时,利用激发光对检测卡进行一系列的检测处理以生成检测信号,并将检测信号输送至控制电路板40。
请参阅图33,支撑架70整体呈框架结构,可位于机架10的底部。支撑架70可包括设置在机架10底部且与机架10连接固定的底座71以及安装在底座71顶部的固定座72。
底座71可包括底座主体711。底座主体711可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。底座主体711整体可呈板状结构,当然也可以为其他结构,不做赘述。底座71可通过插接、螺接、焊接、粘接、卡扣等方式与机架10例如支腿112连接固定。在一实施例中,底座71可固定在支腿112的端部。
底座主体711的顶部的中部可开设固定槽712,以用于容纳、固定固定座72。在一实施例中,固定槽712可以省略,固定座72可直接固定在底座71上。
底座主体711在固定槽712周围圆周均布多个隔离槽713,以与检测组件90配合。相邻两个隔离槽713之间形成固定部714,以与检测组件90配合。多个隔离槽713的设置可减少检测组件90与底座主体711的接触面积。在一实施例中,隔离槽713可以省略。
底座主体711的顶部设置有用于支撑支撑座80的支撑部715。支撑部715可通过插接、螺接、焊接、粘接、卡扣等方式与底座主体711连接固定。在一实施例中,支撑部715可为杆状结构,当然,支撑部715还可以为其他结构。在一实施例中,在有其他结构支撑支撑座80的情况下,支撑部715可以省略。
底座主体711顶部设置有与定位光发生器615相对设置的定位光接收器716,以便接收定位光发生器615发出的光线,进而实现对检测卡的定位。定位光接收器716可与控制电路板40电连接,以便定位光接收器716接收到光线后,生成信号并传输至控制电路板40,以使得分子诊断设备100确认检测卡到达预定位置。在一些实施例中,定位光发生器615的安装位置和定位光接收器716的安装位置可以互换。
固定座72可包括置于固定槽712内的安装座721。安装座721可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。安装座721可插接、螺接、焊接、粘接、卡扣等方式固定在底座主体711上。安装座721可用于安装检测组件90。
安装座721的顶部可设置有竖立设置的第一卡固板722和第二卡固板723。第一卡固板722和第二卡 固板723均可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第一卡固板722和第二卡固板723错位且平行设置,以与检测组件90配合。第一卡固板722设置有固定孔7221,以与检测组件90配合。第二卡固板723设置有固定孔7231,以与检测组件90配合。固定孔7221的延伸方向与固定孔7231的延伸方向平行而不重合,以实现检测组件90的紧凑安装。可以理解的,在一实施例中,安装座721可以省略,第一卡固板722和第二卡固板723可直接安装在底座主体711上。
第一卡固板722和第二卡固板723上设置有支撑板724,以用于支撑支撑座80。支撑板724与安装座721相对设置。
在一实施例中,支撑架70中至少部分结构例如底座71也可以为机架10的一部分。即,支撑架70也可以为机架10的一部分。
请参阅图34,图34为图33中支撑座80的爆炸图。支撑座80可包括安装在底座71例如支撑部715和支撑板724上的支撑座主体81、安装在支撑座主体81上的检测腔组件82、安装在支撑座主体81上且与检测腔组件82配合支撑检测卡的加样腔组件83以及设置在支撑座主体81上的第二电路板84。其中,检测腔组件82可安装在支撑座80上与加热组件54例如第一加热件541相对的位置,以与加热组件54例如第一加热件541配合。加样腔组件83可安装在支撑座80上与加热组件54例如第二加热件542相对的位置,以与加热组件54例如第二加热件542配合。检测腔组件82与加样腔组件83一同配合对检测卡进行支撑及加热处理。检测腔组件82还可用于对检测卡进行激发光检测。检测腔组件82和加样腔组件83一同与第二电路板84电连接,以实现对检测腔组件82、加样腔组件83的加热控制。
请参阅图35和图36,图35和图36分别为图34中支撑座主体81不同视角的结构示意图。支撑座主体81可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。支撑座主体81整体可呈板状结构。支撑座主体81的顶部可开设放置槽811,以对卡托65进行让位。支撑座主体81在放置槽811内开设卡固孔812,以用于与加样腔组件83配合。支撑座主体81在放置槽811内还设置有第二定位件813,以与第一定位件656配合实现对检测卡位置的定位。在一实施例中,第二定位件813可为支撑座主体81在放置槽811内开设的定位槽,以用于在第一定位件656例如定位块置于第二定位件813例如定位槽内实现对检测卡位置的定位。在一实施例中,第二定位件813例如定位块的形状可与第一定位件656例如定位槽的形状相匹配。可以理解的,支撑座主体81与卡托65之间定位配合关系并不仅限于第二定位件813与第一定位件656的配合关系,其还可以为磁铁与磁铁之间磁作用力、电磁铁与电磁铁之间磁作用力等配合关系,当然还可以是其他配合关系,不做赘述。
可以理解的,对于“第一定位件”“第二定位件”以及“定位件”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一定位件”称为“第二定位件”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二定位件”称为“第一定位件”。
支撑座主体81在放置槽811内设置有定位孔814。定位孔814可与定位孔517、定位孔576和定位孔6522相对设置,以在定位光发生器615发出的光线穿过定位孔814、定位孔517、定位孔576和定位孔6522,而被定位光接收器716接收,实现对检测卡的定位。
支撑座主体81在放置槽811的周围圆周均布多个延伸槽815。延伸槽815与放置槽811相通,以使支撑座主体81在相邻两个延伸槽815之间形成装配台816,可将检测卡放置在装配台816上,延伸槽815对检测卡进行让位,以使装配台816对检测卡进行支撑、卡固。
支撑座主体81在装配台816的位置处设置容纳孔817,以便在容纳孔817内安装检测腔组件82。
支撑座主体81在靠近支撑架70的一侧且与装配台816相对的位置处开设凹陷部818,以便安装检测腔组件82。容纳孔817位于凹陷部818内。相邻两个凹陷部818之间设置安装台819,以便用于固定检测腔组件82。
请参阅图34,检测腔组件82安装在支撑座主体81例如容纳孔817及凹陷部818内。检测腔组件82可包括至少一个光检测件821,光检测件821具体数量可为1、2、3、4、5、6……中的一个,以便在凹陷部818内安装检测腔组件82。
请参阅图37,图37为图34中光检测件821的结构示意图。光检测件821可与一个第一加热件541相对应设置,以便两者配合对一个检测卡加热。光检测件821可包括置于支撑座主体81例如容纳孔817及凹陷部818内的检测座822以及用于将检测座822固定在支撑座主体81上的第一卡紧片823。
请参阅图37和图38,图38为图37中检测座822沿线XXXVII-XXXVII的剖面图。检测座822可包括置于支撑座主体81例如凹陷部818内检测座主体8221。检测座主体8221可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。检测座主体8221朝向容纳孔817的一侧延伸设置延伸部8222,以便延伸部8222伸入容纳孔817内。延伸部8222在支撑座主体81设置装配台816的一侧与装配台816的表面平齐,以提高支撑座80的外观表现力。
延伸部8222设置有检测槽8223,以便在支撑座主体81设置装配台816的一侧将检测卡的部分结构 置于检测槽8223内。
在一实施例中,延伸部8222在检测槽8223靠近加样腔组件83的一侧设置有隔离槽8224,以便在支撑座主体81设置装配台816的一侧将检测卡的部分结构置于隔离槽8224内。
检测槽8223自延伸部8222向检测座主体8221一侧延伸设置。
检测座主体8221在检测槽8223的延伸方向上设置激发光纤通道8225,以用于安装激发光纤8226。激发光纤通道8225与检测槽8223连通,以便激发光纤8226向检测槽8223发出光线例如激发光。在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向一致。在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0-75°。在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225自检测槽8223向加样腔组件83一侧倾斜。
在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225自检测槽8223向加样腔组件83一侧倾斜,激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0、15°、30°、45°、60°、75°中的一个。
激发光纤8226可包括激发光纤本体8226a以及设置在激发光纤本体8226a端部的激发光纤接头8226b。其中,激发光纤接头8226b置于激发光纤通道8225内。激发光纤本体8226a与激发光纤接头8226b连接处形成一个固定位,以便与第一卡紧片823配合。
在一实施例中,激发光纤8226例如激发光纤本体8226a的直径在2.5mm左右。具体可为2.5mm。
检测座主体8221在与检测槽8223的延伸方向呈夹角的位置设置与检测槽8223连通的接收光纤通道8227。接收光纤8228用于接收激发光纤8226发出的激发光以及由激发光照射检测卡形成的荧光。
在一实施例中,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0-75°。在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225自检测槽8223向远离加样腔组件83一侧倾斜。
在一实施例中,接收光纤通道8227自检测槽8223向远离加样腔组件83一侧倾斜,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为0、15°、30°、45°、60°、75°中的一个。
在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225自检测槽8223向加样腔组件83一侧倾斜,激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为45°。接收光纤通道8227自检测槽8223向远离加样腔组件83一侧倾斜,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为75°。即,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为120°。光检测件821的信噪比可达80dB以上。
在一实施例中,激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向一致。接收光纤通道8227自检测槽8223向远离加样腔组件83一侧倾斜,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与检测槽8223的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为60°。即,接收光纤通道8227的延伸方向可与激发光纤通道8225的延伸方向形成夹角,且夹角的度数可为60°。光检测件821的信噪比可达60dB以上。
检测座主体8221在设置激发光纤通道8225的一侧设置有加热件容置槽8229a,以用于安置加热电阻等发热器件。检测座主体8221可通过发热器件实现对检测卡的加热。加热件容置槽8229a内的发热器件可与第二电路板84电连接,以在第二电路板84的控制下实现加热。
检测座主体8221在靠近加样腔组件83的一侧设置有加热件容置槽8229b,以用于安置加热电阻等发热器件。检测座主体8221可通过发热器件实现对检测卡的加热。加热件容置槽8229b内的发热器件可与第二电路板84电连接,以在第二电路板84的控制下实现加热。
在一实施例中,检测座主体8221可与支撑座主体81为一体结构。
请参阅图37,第一卡紧片823可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第一卡紧片823可包括卡紧本体8231。卡紧本体8231可呈条形板状结构,当然也可以为其他结构,不做赘述。卡紧本体8231的中部可与检测座822例如检测座主体8221设置激发光纤通道8225一侧抵接。卡紧本体8231的两端设置有固定部8232,以便分别与检测座822例如检测座主体8221两侧的安装台819安装固定,具体可以采用插接、卡扣、焊接、粘接等方式固定连接。卡紧本体8231的中部的边缘排布多个卡紧孔8233,以对激发光纤8226让位。卡紧本体8231在相邻两个卡紧孔8233之间形成卡齿8234。卡紧本体8231抵接在检测座822例如检测座主体8221设置激发光纤通道8225一侧,使得激发光纤接头8226b被相邻两个卡齿8234卡固在激发光纤通道8225内,使得激发光纤本体8226a位于相邻两个卡齿8234之间。实现了光检测件821的固定。
在一实施例中,为了对加热件容置槽8229a让位,卡紧本体8231在与加热件容置槽8229a相对的位置设置穿孔8235,以便发热器件从穿孔8235伸入加热件容置槽8229a中。
请参阅图39和图40,图39为图34中加样腔组件83的结构示意图。图40为图39中加样腔组件83沿线XXXIX-XXXIX的剖面图。加样腔组件83可包括固定在支撑板724上的托板831、安装在托板831 上的支撑组件832以及安装在支撑组件832的加样腔安装座833。其中,加样腔安装座833用于固定检测卡,也用于对检测卡进行加热。加样腔安装座833与加热组件54例如第二加热件542配合以对检测卡进行加热。
托板831可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。整体可呈板状结构,当然也可以为其他结构,不做赘述。托板831可通过螺接、插接、粘接、焊接等方式固定在支撑板724上。在一实施例中,托板831可通过螺接、插接、粘接、焊接等方式固定在支撑座主体81上。在一实施例中托板831可以省略,支撑组件832可以直接与支撑板724固定连接。在一实施例中,在支撑板724省略的情况下,托板831可以直接固定在第一卡固板722、第二卡固板723上。在一实施例中,在支撑板724省略时,可以将托板831固定在支撑部715上。
支撑组件832可包括设置在托板831远离支撑板724一侧的套接柱8321和套设在套接柱8321上的弹簧8322。弹簧8322的一端与托板831抵接,另一端与加样腔安装座833抵接,以用于调节加样腔安装座833与托板831之间的距离。在一实施例中,套接柱8321可以省略。在一实施例中,弹簧8322可以用其他材料制成的具有弹性的弹性件替代。在一实施例中,套接柱8321可为托板831的一部分。在一实施例中,套接柱8321可设置在所述加样腔安装座833上。在一实施例中,弹簧8322还可以用其他弹性件例如塑胶、扭簧、具有弹性形变的金属条等替代。
加样腔安装座833用于放置检测卡。加样腔安装座833可包括安装座本体8331。安装座本体8331整体可采用塑料或金属等硬性可导热材料制成。
安装座本体8331用于置于支撑座主体81例如卡固孔812内,以在卡固孔812内滑动。安装座本体8331远离托板831的一侧设置加样腔安置槽8332,以用于安装检测卡。安装座本体8331朝向支撑组件832一侧设置有套接槽8333,以用于在弹簧8322置于套接槽8333内时与安装座本体8331抵接。在一实施例中,套接槽8333可以省略。
安装座本体8331朝向支撑组件832一侧的边缘设置卡接沿8334,以便安装座本体8331从支撑座主体81朝向支撑组件832的一侧伸入卡固孔812内,避免安装座本体8331在支撑座主体81远离支撑组件832的一侧与支撑座主体81滑脱。
安装座本体8331开设有加热件容置槽8335,以便于容置加热电阻等发热器件,使得安装座本体8331可以为检测卡进行加热。发热器件可与第二电路板84电连接,以在第二电路板84的控制下进行加热。在一实施例中,加热件容置槽8335位于套接槽8333与加样腔安置槽8332之间。
为了更好地对检测卡加热,避免加热后的水汽冷凝影响检测流程,提高检测精度。安装座本体8331在加样腔安置槽8332的一侧边缘设置有抵接部8336,以与检测卡抵接。在一实施例中,抵接部8336也可用于对检测卡进行定位。
请参阅图34,第二电路板84可分别与检测腔组件82中的发热器件、加样腔组件83中的发热器件电连接,以便控制发热器件进行加热。
第二电路板84可为环状结构,可套设在加样腔组件83的周围。第二电路板84可直接固定在支撑座主体81靠近支撑架70例如支撑板724的一侧,例如可采用焊接、插接、卡扣、粘接、螺接等方式固定。在一实施例中,第二电路板84也可以直接固定在支撑架70例如支撑板724上。在一实施例中,第二电路板84也可以直接固定在支撑架70例如支撑部715上。在一实施例中,第二电路板84也可以直接固定在加样腔组件83例如托板831上。
可以理解的,对于“第一电路板”“第二电路板”以及“电路板”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一电路板”称为“第二电路板”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二电路板”称为“第一电路板”。
在一实施例中,第二电路板84可以在不为控制电路板40分担工作压力的情况下,可以省略,检测腔组件82中的发热器件、加样腔组件83中的发热器件可直接与控制电路板40电连接。
请参阅图33。检测组件90可包括安装在支撑架70例如底座主体711上的光发生器91、安装在支撑架70例如底座主体711上的光接收组件92以及安装在支撑座80例如支撑座主体81上的检测腔组件82(即前面介绍过的支撑座80的检测腔组件82,该检测腔组件82可为支撑座80以及检测组件90共用的元件)。其中,光发生器91以及光接收组件92均与控制电路板40电连接。光发生器91用于产生激发光,并可在控制电路板40的控制下产生激发光。激发光可传输至检测腔组件82对检测卡进行激发并生成荧光,荧光可被光接收组件92接收,光接收组件92可在控制电路板40的控制下生成检测信号。检测信号传输至控制电路板40并控制电路板40处理生成诊断数据。
请一同参阅图33和图41,图41为图33中光发生器91的结构示意图。光发生器91的数量可为1个或多个。光发生器91的数量具体可为2、3、4、5、6……中的一个。在一实施例中,光发生器91的数量可为2个,具体为第一光发生器911和第二光发生器912。
第一光发生器911和第二光发生器912均可固定在固定座72例如安装座721上,可采用插接、焊接、螺接、粘接、卡扣等方式固定在固定座72例如安装座721上。第一光发生器911的激发光输出端可穿过固定孔7221以固定在第一卡固板722上。第二光发生器912的激发光输出端可穿过固定孔7231以固定在第二卡固板723上。
请参阅图42,图42为图41中第一光发生器911的剖面图。光发生器91例如第一光发生器911可包括设置有收容腔9130的主壳体913、安装在收容腔9130内的光源914、安装在收容腔9130内的第一透镜模组915、安装在收容腔9130内的功能膜片组916以及伸入收容腔9130内的激发光纤917。其中光源914可通过电路走线与控制电路板40电连接,用于在控制电路板40的控制下产生激发光。激发光可依次透过第一透镜模组915、功能膜片组916后被耦合进入激发光纤917内。
主壳体913可包括设置有第一子收容腔9131a的前壳体9131以及与前壳体9131扣合且设置有第二子收容腔9132a的后壳体9132。第一子收容腔9131a和第二子收容腔9132a组成收容腔9130。
前壳体9131可包括与后壳体9132扣合的前壳体主体9133以及盖设在前壳体主体9133远离后壳体9132一侧的前壳体盖板9134。
前壳体主体9133可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。前壳体主体9133设置第一子收容腔9131a。前壳体主体9133在远离后壳体9132的一侧设置有与第一子收容腔9131a连通的第一容置孔9131b,以对光源914让位。
前壳体盖板9134可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。前壳体盖板9134可与前壳体主体9133扣合,例如采用焊接、卡扣、插接、螺接等方式固定连接。前壳体盖板9134上可设置与光源914电连接的电路走线以及与电路走线电连接的第一电接口9141。第一电接口9141可设置在前壳体盖板9134与前壳体盖板9134扣合的一侧。第一电接口9141可与控制电路板40电连接。
后壳体9132可包括与前壳体9131例如前壳体主体9133扣合的后壳体主体9135以及盖设在后壳体主体9135远离前壳体9131例如前壳体主体9133一侧的后壳体盖板9136。
后壳体主体9135可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。后壳体主体9135设置第二子收容腔9132a。后壳体主体9135可与前壳体9131例如前壳体主体9133采用插接、卡扣、螺接、焊接、粘接等方式固定连接。
后壳体盖板9136可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。后壳体盖板9136设置有与第二子收容腔9132a连通的第二容置孔9136a,以用于安装激发光纤917。
光源914可为LED灯。具体可为峰值波长为470nm的蓝光LED灯。当然,还可以是其他类型的光源。光源914可与前壳体盖板9134上的电路走线电连接,以实现与控制电路板40的电连接。光源914设置在前壳体盖板9134靠近前壳体主体9133的一侧。光源914与第一容置孔9131b相对设置。在一实施例中,光源914可伸入第一容置孔9131b内,当然也可以从第一容置孔9131b伸入第一子收容腔9131a中。
第一透镜模组915安装在第一子收容腔9131a中。其光轴可与光源914相同,以便光源914发出的激发光透过,以便对激发光进行光束缩小、焦距减小,进而使激发光更好地耦合进入激发光纤917内。第一透镜模组915可包括第一透镜9151、光轴与第一透镜9151相同的第二透镜9152以及用于固定第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152的第一卡固圈9153。第一透镜9151的光轴与光源914的光轴相同。第一透镜9151的光轴或第二透镜9152的光轴可被称为第一透镜模组915的光轴。
在一实施例中,透镜例如第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152均为正透镜,具有正焦距。透镜例如第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152具体可为平凸透镜。平凸透镜是一种正透镜在光学系统中主要作用有扩束、成像、光束准直、聚焦准直、光束准直点光源等用途。平凸透镜入射面和出射面中的一个为凸面,另一个为平面。
第一透镜9151的入射面为平面,出射面为凸面。第二透镜9152的入射面为凸面,出射面为平面。第一透镜9151的入射面与光源914相对设置。第二透镜9152的入射面与第一透镜9151的出射面相对设置。第二透镜9152的出射面与功能膜片组916相对设置。
第一卡固圈9153可套设在第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152的周围,以实现对第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152的固定。在第一透镜模组915置于第一子收容腔9131a时,第一卡固圈9153朝向光源914的一侧与前壳体9131例如前壳体主体9133抵接,第一卡固圈9153远离光源914的一侧与后壳体9132例如后壳体主体9135抵接,以实现前壳体9131与后壳体9132对第一透镜模组915的固定。
可以理解的,在某些实施例中,第一透镜模组915还可以包括其他类型的透镜例如凸透镜、凹透镜等,不做赘述。第一透镜模组915内部第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152的设置方式不仅限于上述提到的,还可以是其他方式,例如第一透镜9151和第二透镜9152可直接通过粘接、插接、卡扣、螺接等方式固定在前壳体9131例如前壳体主体9133上。
功能膜片组916用于对激发光进行杂光滤除、激发光调节等功能。功能膜片组916可包括设置在第 二子收容腔9132a内的滤光片9161、匀光片9162和第二卡固圈9163。
其中,滤光片9161用于接收透过第一透镜模组915例如第二透镜9152的激发光,以对激发光中的杂光进行过滤。滤光片9161又叫荧光滤光片。荧光滤光片是应用于生命科学仪器、生物医学的关键光学元件,它的主要作用是在生物、医学等荧光检验分析系统中选择和分离物质的激发光与发射荧光的特征波段光谱,然后再通过荧光显微镜来观测。在一实施例中,滤光片9161可为激发滤光片。激发滤光片又叫荧光激发滤光片(Exciting Filter、Exciter Filter、Excitation Filter),是指在荧光显微镜或者荧光成像系统中,只有激发荧光的波长的光可通过的滤光片,当然现在还有直接使用激光(即光源914可发出激光)作为激发光。
滤光片9161远离第一透镜模组915的一侧与后壳体9132例如后壳体主体9135抵接。滤光片9161靠近第一透镜模组915例如第二透镜9152的一侧与第二卡固圈9163抵接,以实现滤光片9161与后壳体9132的安装固定。当然,也可以采用其他方式将滤光片9161固定在后壳体9132例如后壳体主体9135上,例如采用粘接、插接、卡扣、螺接等方式固定。
在一实施例中,滤光片9161可为激发滤光片。滤光片9161具体可为EX450-475(激发波长450-475nm)的激发滤光片。
匀光片9162用于接收透过滤光片9161后的激发光。匀光片9162又称作匀光镜、扩散器或匀化器,用于将激发光转换为任意形状的均匀光斑。
匀光片9162用于接收透过滤光片9161的激发光。匀光片9162靠近滤光片9161的一侧与滤光片9161抵接,匀光片9162远离滤光片9161的一侧与后壳体9132例如后壳体盖板9136抵接,以实现对匀光片9162的固定。当然,也可以采用其他方式将匀光片9162固定在后壳体9132上,例如采用粘接、插接、卡扣、螺接等方式固定。
激发光纤917的一端可伸入后壳体9132例如第二容置孔9136a内,以使得透过匀光片9162的激发光耦合进入激发光纤917内。当然,激发光纤917也可伸入后壳体9132例如第二子收容腔9132a内。
激发光纤917的另一端可至少与一根激发光纤8226耦合,以使得多个光检测件821利用相同的激发光进行检测,可降低激发光不同带来的检测误差。在一实施例中,光检测件821数量为6个,第一光发生器911的激发光纤917可与三个光检测件821的激发光纤8226耦合连接。第二光发生器912的激发光纤917可与三个光检测件821的激发光纤8226耦合连接。
在一实施例中,激发光纤917直径在2.5mm左右。具体可为2.5mm。
请参阅图43,图43为图33中光接收组件92的爆炸图。光接收组件92可包括与控制电路板40电连接的光接收件921、用于与检测腔组件82光路连接的光路组件922、设置在光接收件921上的且用于固定光路组件922的第一垫圈923、设置在第一垫圈923上且用于固定光路组件922的第二垫圈924以及设置在第二垫圈924上且用于固定光路组件922的卡紧组件925。其中,荧光通过光路组件922传输至光接收件921。光接收件921生成检测信号,并将检测信号传输至控制电路板40。
请参阅图44,图44为图33中光接收件921的机构图。光接收件921可包括成圈状且布置有电路走线的固定板9211、设置在固定板9211且与电路走线电连接的第二电接口9212以及圆周均布在固定板9211上且与电路走线电连接的光传感器9213。其中,光接收件921可用于接收荧光。光接收件921通过第二电接口9212与控制电路板40电连接,以将受荧光触发生成的检测信号传输至控制电路板40。
固定板9211可安装在支撑架70例如底座主体711上的隔离槽713和固定部714处。固定板9211可在隔离槽713处与底座主体711间隔设置。当然,固定板9211也可伸入隔离槽713内与底座主体711形成卡扣结构。固定板9211可在固定部714处与底座主体711通过螺接、卡扣、插接、粘接、焊接等方式连接固定。固定板9211可环绕在固定槽712的周围。在一实施例中,固定板9211的大小可与支撑座80例如支撑座主体81大小相似,甚至大小一致,以使支撑座80例如检测腔组件82的接收光纤通道8227位于光传感器9213上方,甚至位于光传感器9213的正上方,减少接收光纤8228的布置难度。
在一实施例中,光传感器9213为光电二极管。
请参阅图43,光路组件922可包括至少一个子光路组件9221。在一实施例中,子光路组件9221的数量可与光接收件921中光传感器9213的数量一致,以便子光路组件9221与光传感器9213一一对应。
请参阅图45和图46,图45为图43中子光路组件9221的结构示意图。图46为图45中子光路组件的截面图。子光路组件9221可包括向光传感器9213传输荧光的第二透镜模组9222以及向第二透镜模组9222传输荧光的接收光纤9223。
第二透镜模组9222可包括安装在第一垫圈923内的第三透镜9224、用于将第三透镜9224固定在第一垫圈923内的第三卡固圈9225、安装在第二垫圈924内的第四卡固圈9226以及被第四卡固圈9226固定在第二垫圈924内的第四透镜9227。
可以理解的,对于“第一透镜”“第二透镜”“第三透镜”“第四透镜”以及“透镜”等名称,在 一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一透镜”称为“第二透镜”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二透镜”称为“第一透镜”。
在一实施例中,透镜例如第三透镜9224和第四透镜9227均为正透镜,具有正焦距。透镜例如第三透镜9224和第四透镜9227具体可为平凸透镜。平凸透镜是一种正透镜在光学系统中主要作用有扩束、成像、光束准直、聚焦准直、光束准直点光源等用途。平凸透镜入射面和出射面中的一个为凸面,另一个为平面。
第三透镜9224的入射面为凸面,出射面为平面。第四透镜9227的入射面为平面,出射面为凸面。第三透镜9224的入射面与第四透镜9227的出射面相对设置。第三透镜9224的出射面与光传感器9213相对设置。第四透镜9227的入射面与接收光纤9223相对设置。
在一实施例中,在第三透镜9224与第四透镜9227之间还可以设置发射滤光片(Emission Filter,Emitting Filter,Barrier Filter,Emitter)。发射滤光片是指用来选择并传输被检测物质发出的荧光的滤光片,除被检测物质自发荧光外,其他范围光线截止,通常发射光的波长要比激发光的波长要长,可以选择窄带滤光片、带通滤光片或者长波通滤光片作为发射滤光片。
在一实施例中,发射滤光片具体可为EM522-645(发射波长522-645nm)的激发滤光片。
第三卡固圈9225设置在第三透镜9224的入射面一侧,以将第三透镜9224抵压在第一垫圈923上,实现了对第三透镜9224的固定。
第四卡固圈9226设置在第四透镜9227的出射面一侧,以将第四透镜9227抵压在第二垫圈924上,实现了对第四透镜9227的固定。
可以理解的,对于“第一卡固圈”“第二卡固圈”“第三卡固圈”“第四卡固圈”以及“卡固圈”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一卡固圈”称为“第二卡固圈”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二卡固圈”称为“第一卡固圈”。
可以理解的,在某些实施例中,第二透镜模组9222还可以包括其他类型的透镜例如凸透镜、凹透镜等以及其他功能膜片例如匀光片、滤光片等,不做赘述。第三透镜9224和第四透镜9227的设置方式不仅限于上述提到的,还可以是其他方式,例如第三透镜9224可直接通过粘接、插接、卡扣、螺接等方式固定在第一垫圈923上。例如第四透镜9227可直接通过粘接、插接、卡扣、螺接等方式固定在第二垫圈924上。
在一实施例中,第二透镜模组9222在第三透镜9224和第四透镜9227之间设置发射滤光片。发射滤光片是指用来选择并传输被检测物质发出的荧光的滤光片,除被检测物质自发荧光外,其他范围光线截止,通常发射光的波长要比激发光的波长要长,可以选将带滤光片、带通滤光片或者长波通滤光片等作为发射滤光片。
在一实施例中,发射滤光片可置于第一垫圈923和第二垫圈924之间,以实现对发射滤光片的固定连接。
接收光纤9223可包括接收光纤本体9223a以及设置在接收光纤本体9223a端部的接收光纤接头9223b。其中,接收光纤接头9223b置于第一垫圈923和/或第二垫圈924内,以向第二透镜模组9222例如第四透镜9227传输荧光。接收光纤本体9223a与接收光纤接头9223b连接处形成一个固定位,以便与卡紧组件925配合。在一实施例中,接收光纤9223例如接收光纤本体9223a的直径在2.5mm左右。具体可为2.5mm。
接收光纤9223的一端可与一根接收光纤8228连接,以使得荧光通过接收光纤8228和接收光纤9223传输至光传感器9213。
请参阅图47,图47为图43中第一垫圈923的结构示意图。第一垫圈923可采用硬性材料例如金属、塑料等制成。第一垫圈923可呈环状结构,具体可与固定板9211形状一致,以便第一垫圈923与固定板9211层叠设置。
第一垫圈923可与固定板9211采用螺接、焊接、卡扣、粘接等方式固定在一起。
第一垫圈923上设置有让位缺口9231,以对光接收件921例如第二电接口9212让位。在第一垫圈923与固定板9211层叠设置时,第二电接口9212可置于让位缺口9231内。
第一垫圈923圆周均布多个第一填充孔9232,以用于安装第二透镜模组9222例如第三透镜9224和第三卡固圈9225。第三透镜9224朝向光传感器9213的一侧可与第一垫圈923抵接。第三透镜9224远离光传感器9213的一侧可与第三卡固圈9225抵接,以实现第三卡固圈9225与第一垫圈923配合对第三透镜9224的固定连接。
第一填充孔9232可与光传感器9213相对设置,以便光传感器9213可接收到荧光。在一实施例中,光传感器9213可伸入第一填充孔9232内。第三透镜9224的出射面可与第一垫圈923抵接。第三卡固圈9225可与第一垫圈923固定连接,以实现对第三透镜9224的连接固定。
请参阅图48,图48为图43中第二垫圈924的结构示意图。第二垫圈924可采用硬性材料例如金属、塑料等制成。第二垫圈924可呈环状结构,具体可与第一垫圈923形状一致,以便第一垫圈923与第二垫圈924层叠设置。第二垫圈924上设置有与让位缺口9231相对设置的让位缺口9241,以对第二电接口9212让位。在第二垫圈924、第一垫圈923与固定板9211层叠设置时,第二电接口9212可置于让位缺口9231和让位缺口9241内。
第一垫圈923可与第二垫圈924采用螺接、焊接、卡扣、粘接等方式固定在一起。在一实施例中,第一垫圈923可与第二垫圈924为一体结构。
第二垫圈924圆周均布多个第二填充孔9242,以用于安装第二透镜模组9222例如第四透镜9227和第四卡固圈9226。第二填充孔9242可与第一填充孔9232相对设置,以便光传感器9213可接收到荧光。第四透镜9227朝向光传感器9213的一侧可与第四卡固圈9226抵接。第四透镜9227远离光传感器9213的一侧可与第二垫圈924抵接,以实现第四卡固圈9226与第二垫圈924配合对第四透镜9227的固定连接。接收光纤9223的接收光纤接头9223b可从第二垫圈924远离伸入第二填充孔9242内。
可以理解的,第一垫圈923可与第二垫圈924可形成组件壳体,而第一填充孔9232与第二填充孔9242连通形成填充孔。
请参阅图43,卡紧组件925设置在第二垫圈924远离第一垫圈923的一侧,以用于固定接收光纤9223。卡紧组件925可包括多个圆周均布第二卡紧片9251。请参阅图49,图49为图43中第二卡紧片9251的结构示意图。第二卡紧片9251可采用硬性材料例如塑料、金属等制成。第二卡紧片9251可包括卡紧本体9252。卡紧本体9252可呈条形片状结构,以便可以设置在第二垫圈924上。卡紧本体9252在其延伸方向排布多个卡紧孔9253。卡紧孔9253自边缘向内延伸设置。相邻两个卡紧孔9253之间为卡齿9254。可通过将卡紧本体9252贴附在第二垫圈924远离第一垫圈923一侧,使得接收光纤接头9223b被卡齿9254卡在第二填充孔9242内,使得接收光纤本体9223a位于相邻两个卡齿9254之间。实现了接收光纤9223和第二垫圈924之间的固定连接。
可以理解的,对于“第一卡紧片”“第二卡紧片”以及“卡紧片”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一卡紧片”称为“第二卡紧片”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二卡紧片”称为“第一卡紧片”。
卡紧本体9252上设置有固定部9255,以便实现卡紧本体9252与第二垫圈924之间的固定连接。在一实施例中,固定部9255可以为穿孔,以便通过螺钉螺栓等结构穿过固定部9255,再穿过第二垫圈924、第一垫圈923,再与光接收件921例如固定板9211螺接固定。
可以理解的,卡紧本体9252还可以采用其他方式例如插接、卡扣等方式与第二垫圈924连接固定,不作赘述。
在一实施例中,卡紧组件925中的所有第二卡紧片9251为一体结构。
请再次参阅图1和图2,控制电路板40可包括固定在机架10例如电路安装板13上的第一子控制电路板41以及置于机架10例如顶板111顶部的第二子控制电路板42。其中,第一子控制电路板41与第二子控制电路板42电连接。
第一子控制电路板41可安装在机架10中电路安装板13的连接柱1312上,以避免第一子控制电路板41直接与安装板主体131上。当然,在一实施例中,在连接柱1312省略时,第一子控制电路板41也可以直接固定在安装板主体131上。
第一子控制电路板41可与机架10例如第一驱动件1212电连接,以便控制检测卡输送座20相对于机架10的滑动位置。
第一子控制电路板41可与抵压盘50例如第一电路板55电连接,以便控制电磁件52,对压紧件53进行磁作用力吸附,以便控制加热组件54,对检测卡进行加热。
第一子控制电路板41可与托运组件60例如第二驱动件6141电连接,以便控制第三驱动件64和卡托65一同相对于滑动架61滑动。
第一子控制电路板41可与托运组件60例如第三驱动件64电连接,以便控制第三驱动件64带动卡托65对检测卡进行离心处理。
第一子控制电路板41可与检测腔组件82例如发热器件电连接,以便控制检测座822,对检测卡进行加热。
第一子控制电路板41可与加样腔组件83例如发热器件电连接,以便控制加样腔安装座833,对检测卡进行加热。
第一子控制电路板41可与检测组件90例如光源914电连接,以便控制光源914发出激发光。
第一子控制电路板41可与检测组件90例如光传感器9213电连接,以便控制光传感器9213接收荧光。
第一子控制电路板41可与机架10例如第一限位开关15、检测卡输送座20例如光传感器616电连接, 以便控制托运件62中第三驱动件64带动卡托65滑动的位置。
第一子控制电路板41可与机架10例如第一子限位开关162、第二子限位开关163电连接,以便控制托运组件60滑动的位置。
第一子控制电路板41可与托运件62例如定位光发生器615、支撑架70例如定位光接收器716电连接,以便控制检测卡的位置。
第二子控制电路板42可安装在机架10例如顶板111的上方。在一实施例中,在分子诊断设备100设置机壳时,第二子控制电路板42可设置在机壳在顶板111相对的位置处。
第二子控制电路板42可与显示器、打印机等输出设备电连接,以通过输出设备将分子诊断设备100的诊断数据输出。
第二子控制电路板42可与显示器、键盘、扫码设备14等输入设备电连接,以通过输入设备向分子诊断设备100例如控制电路板40输入控制指令,实现分子诊断设备100通过控制电路板40对检测卡输送座20和/或检测卡检测座30的控制。
在一实施例中,第二子控制电路板42与第一子控制电路板41可省略其中一个,将二者集成在一个子控制电路板上。
接下来阐述一种检测卡,可以用于上述实施例中的分子诊断设备100中,以完成对检测卡上装载的样本进行检测,并进一步处理形成诊断数据。
请参阅图50,图50为本申请一实施例中检测卡的结构示意图。检测卡93又被称为分子诊断离心检测卡或测试卡。检测卡93可包括设置有加样腔、流道、废液腔、隔离腔和检测腔的本体94、覆盖在本体94一侧的隔离层95以及盖设在本体94加样腔处的盖体96。
请一同参阅图50、图51和图52,图51为图50中检测卡93沿线L-L的剖面图,图52为图50中检测卡93的立体结构示意图。本体94采用硬性材料例如塑料等制成。具体本体94可以采用ABS(Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene plastic,丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯塑料)、PDMS(Polydimethylsiloxane,聚二甲基硅氧烷)、PC(Polycarbonate,聚碳酸酯)、PMMA(Polymethyl methacrylate,聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、PS(General purpose polystyrene,聚苯乙烯)、PP(Polypropylene,聚丙烯)、COC(copolymers of cycloolefin,环烯烃共聚物)或COP(Cyclo Olefin Polymer,环烯烃聚合物)等材质,通过注塑成型、数控机床加工或3D打印等加工方式加工而成。
本体94整体可为板状结构。大体呈扇形,具体可为扇环形、扇叶形或饼形。例如本体94由两条直线边和一条弧形边首尾依次连接形成的扇形。例如本体94由一条直线边和一条外侧圆弧形边、一条直线边、一条内侧圆弧形边首尾依次连接形成的扇环形。当然本体94也可以为其他形状,不作赘述。
在一实施例中,本体94的扇形结构的两条直线边夹角可为40°-60°,内侧圆弧边直径可以为10mm-100mm,外侧圆弧边直径可以为100mm-200mm。采用这种尺寸结构的检测卡93,在分子诊断设备100的检测平面内可以排布至少6个,组成一个圆形面,从而使得至少6个检测卡93可同时检测,提高了整体的检测效率,能应对较大规模的检测需求。
本体94靠近外侧圆弧边的圆心或内侧圆弧边且向远离隔离层95的一侧凸伸设置安装部941。本体94在靠近隔离层95的一侧且在与安装部941相对的位置凹陷设置加样腔9411,以用于在加样腔9411处进行样本添加。加样腔9411主要用于样本(液体样本)的预处理,其预处理方式可能包括一个或者多个,如化学处理、热处理、酶处理和物理分离等。在一些实施例中,加样腔9411的容积大体为200-2000μL。在加样腔9411内可以预装干燥的试剂,可以在原位风干/烘干,也可以作为冻干试剂添加到加样腔9411中。
本体94在远离隔离层95的一侧且在靠近外侧圆弧边的部位设置第四卡固部942,以与托运组件60例如第二卡固部654配合。在一实施例中,第四卡固部942可为凸起。可以理解的,第二卡固部654可以与第四卡固部942进行位置互换,另外第二卡固部654和第四卡固部942也可以采用其他方式进行卡固配合。
可以理解的,对于“第一卡固部”“第二卡固部”“第三卡固部”“第四卡固部”以及“卡固部”等名称,在一些实施例中可以相互转换。例如在一实施例中,将其他实施例中的“第一卡固部”称为“第二卡固部”,相应地,将其他实施例中的“第二卡固部”称为“第一卡固部”。
本体94在一条直线边靠近外侧圆弧边的边缘部位向远离隔离层95的一侧弯折设置第一限位部943,在另一条直线边靠近外侧圆弧边的部位向远离隔离层95的一侧凸伸设置第二限位部944。本体94的第一限位部943与第二限位部944配合以对检测卡93进行固定,以便顺利进行检测卡93的离心处理,本体94在靠近隔离层95的一侧且在与第二限位部944相对的位置凹陷设置废液腔9441。本体94在远离隔离层95的一侧且在第一限位部943和第二限位部944之间沿外侧圆弧边的延伸方向均布多个插接部组。每一个插接部组可包括第一插接部945和第二插接部946。第一插接部945和第二插接部946之间的连线可 过外侧圆弧边的圆心。第一插接部945置于安装部941与第二插接部946之间。第一插接部945和第二插接部946的设置可与检测卡检测座30例如隔离槽8224、检测槽8223配合。
本体94在靠近隔离层95的一侧且在与第一插接部945相对的位置凹陷设置隔离腔9451。隔离腔9451设置有可熔化的隔离体。隔离体可在熔化状态和未熔化状态(通常为固态)之间切换。在未用检测卡93进行检测时,可以控制隔离体处于未熔化状态,此时,该隔离体可以防止样本通过流道进入检测腔9461(如图52所示)内。在一些实施例中,隔离体可为石蜡、微晶蜡、合成蜡或者天然蜡。
本体94在靠近隔离层95的一侧且在与第二插接部946相对的位置凹陷设置检测腔9461。检测腔9461内设有试剂。隔离腔9451与检测腔9461在靠近隔离层95的一侧连通。隔离腔9451内的隔离体还可用于密封隔离试剂,以防止试剂反向进入隔离腔9451。将试剂维持在检测腔9461内。而在执行测试时,可以控制隔离体处于熔化状态,此时样本可通过加样腔9411进入检测腔9461,以与检测腔9461内的试剂发生反应从而完成检测。
检测腔9461内可层叠式设置有试剂和可熔化的隔离体。在一些实施例中,隔离体可为石蜡、微晶蜡、合成蜡或者天然蜡。隔离体的特点为在常温及低温状态下为固态,在加热至特定温度后变为液态,且对核酸扩增反应无抑制作用。一些实施例中,试剂可为干式试剂,干式试剂包括扩增反应所用的引物和DNA(deoxyribonucleic acid,脱氧核糖核酸)结合染料、酶、硫酸镁、氯化钾、dNTPs(Nucleoside triphosphate,去氧核苷三磷酸)中的一种或多种。干式试剂以液态装入检测腔9461,并通过干燥工艺形成干式试剂,干燥工艺的温度小于隔离体的熔化温度,干燥工艺包括风干、烘干、冻干。在检测加热过程中,试剂和隔离体均呈液态,由于隔离体的比重比试剂小,在离心场作用下,隔离体会被置换出检测腔9461,从而不影响反应和检测。
在一些实施例中,隔离体以熔融状态装入检测腔9461内并通过自然凝固或降温凝固成型。在未测试时,可以控制隔离体处于未熔化状态,此时可通过隔离体实现试剂的密封隔离存放。而在需要执行测试时,可以控制隔离体处于熔化状态,例如通过对检测卡93进行加热,以使隔离体受热熔化,此时,隔离体在离心力的作用下,可移出检测腔9461并流向隔离腔9451,且样本可进入检测腔9461内,而后隔离体再次固化,以封堵检测腔9461的口部,进而对多个检测腔9461形成相互隔离密封,以便于检测腔9461之间独自进行反应或测试。
本体94在靠近隔离层95的一侧设置有流道947,以连通加样腔9411与隔离腔9451。
本体94在远离隔离层95的一侧且与流道947相对的位置设置有抵接槽948,以便与抵接部8336配合。例如可将抵接部8336置于抵接槽948内,以对流道947的部位进行加热,避免水汽在流道947内冷凝,进而减少对后续检测过程中的影响,提高检测精度。在一些实施例中,抵接槽948可以省略。
隔离层95可为膜状结构,当然也可以为其他结构。隔离层95可采用压密胶、紫外光固化胶或光学级双面胶等材质,也可以是和本体94类似的材质。隔离层95可贴附在本体94上,具体可通过例如超声焊接、激光焊接、胶黏密封等方式进行密封固定,以对流道947、废液腔9441、隔离腔9451和检测腔9461进行隔离。
盖体96盖设在加样腔9411的口部。以对加样腔9411进行密封隔离。在需要添加样本时,就可将盖体96打开,添加样本至加样腔9411,然后就可以盖合盖体96。盖体96可阻水透气,即可排出加热过程中产生的水蒸气,降低测试卡93内的气压,从而能够保证良好的透气效果,而且可阻隔扩增反应中产生的气溶胶和生物分子等污染物的逸出,避免检测对人员和环境的污染。
检测卡93离心旋转时,样本液体经加样腔9411和流道947。此时隔离体为固态,由此可将检测腔9461密封,样本液体不能流向检测腔9461。在样本液体加热后,隔离体受热熔化流向检测腔9461,使得流道947与检测腔9461之间可连通,样本液体可通过流入检测腔9461内。由于隔离体的比重比试剂小,在离心场作用下,隔离体会被置换到试剂之上,不影响反应和检测,同时可以对检测腔9461进行密封。
本申请的一些实施例中还提供一种基于上述的检测卡93进行检测的方法。该方法可用于上述实施例中分子诊断设备100中。请参阅图53,图53为图50中检测卡使用过程示意图。具体步骤可如下:
步骤S5301:加样腔接收样本。
在加样腔9411添加样本后,需要对样本进行加热预处理,加热方式可为金属加热块、加热气流、电磁波(红外辐射、激光、微波)等方式。检测卡的加热区域可为加样腔附近区域。加热过程需升温至指定温度,如90℃。到达指定温度后,按照指定需求保温3-10min实现预处理。待预处理完成后,将样本液体的温度降至指定温度,如60℃。
步骤S5302:检测卡受离心力旋转以使得样本经流道流向检测腔。
对检测卡旋转控制进行离心处理。例如可控制旋转方向为顺时针方向,旋转速度大于1000rpm,旋转时间约为10-15s。通过旋转,样本液体可由加样腔经流道流向检测腔,以便于后续实现检测腔内样本的填充。而多余的样本液体则将进入废液腔。
步骤S5303:加热熔化隔离体,以使得样本流进检测腔中并与检测腔中的试剂混合。
在此需要针对检测腔附近的区域进行加热处理,使得温度高于隔离体的熔点,进而使隔离体熔化,从而使样本与检测腔中的试剂混合。
步骤S5304:离心旋转,以使得隔离体与检测腔中的样本置换,并密封检测腔的入口端。
再次对检测卡进行旋转控制。其中,电机可以沿顺时针方向旋转,旋转速度大于1000rpm,旋转时间为10-15s。此时,由于检测卡的旋转,使得样本进入检测腔内,且隔离体和检测腔内的水溶液发生置换,隔离体转移至检测腔的入口端,从而完成各个检测腔的密封。然后改变电机控制参数,使检测卡进行顺时针和逆时针交替旋转。例如,可以控制检测卡先顺时针旋转,旋转速度为3000rpm,旋转时间1s,然后逆时针旋转,旋转速度3000rpm,旋转时间1s,交替旋转10-15次。通过这种顺时针、逆时针交替旋转的方式可使检测腔内的样本与试剂混合完全溶解混合。
同时,隔离体加热熔化后在离心力的作用下流至检测腔的入口端,以对检测腔的入口端进行密封。
步骤S5305:对混合后的混合体进行检测。
在此步骤中,需要进行扩增反应和检测。若使用实时检测,则检测和扩增反应同步进行,若使用终点检测,则扩增完成后进行检测。其中,扩增反应可通过以下方式实现:对检测腔附近进行加热,温度控制在60℃-75℃范围。在到达指定温度后,按照指定需求,保温30-60min来完成扩增反应。
接下来阐述利用分子诊断设备100和检测卡93进行样本测试的过程,具体过程如下:
控制电路板40通过输入设备进行检测卡93检测样本数量、类型、加热温度、旋转转数、运行参数等基本信息设置。在基本信息设置完毕后,可进一步通过输入设备开启检测卡93的检测。
加载有样本的检测卡93。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第一驱动件1212通过同步组件1213分别控制第一丝杠1221和第二丝杠1222转动,使得抵压盘50带动托运组件60在第一导轨1126上向顶板111一侧滑动。在限位板5813触发第二限位开关16例如第二子限位开关163时,抵压盘50到达预定位置。第一驱动件1212在控制电路板40收到第二子限位开关163被触发的信号后停止运行。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第二驱动件6141通过丝杠6142使得托运件62沿第二导轨613向远离第一连接板6111一侧滑动。在托运件62例如第二限位件触发第一限位开关15时,托运件62到达预定位置。第二驱动件6141在控制电路板40收到第一限位开关15被触发的信号后停止运行。
将加载有样本的检测卡93放置在托运件62例如卡托65的凹陷部653处。检测卡93例如安装部941置于容置孔655内。检测卡93例如第四卡固部942与卡托65的第二卡固部654卡固,完成一个检测卡93的放置。
控制电路板40通过扫码设备14对卡托65上的信息标识进行图像扫描,并判断出是否为用户预定的检测卡93,若否,将进行预警提示。若是就进行下一步骤。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第三驱动件64开始转动,带动卡托65进行转动,使得下一个可放置检测卡93的凹陷部653到达预定位置,然后操作下一个检测卡93的放置。
在卡托65上的凹陷部653放置检测卡93后,检测卡93会圆周均布在卡托65上。若检测卡93的数量不足以圆周均布在卡托65上,可在卡托65的凹陷部653处放置配平卡,以使得配平卡与检测卡93一同圆周均布在卡托65上。至此检测卡93放置完毕。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第二驱动件6141通过丝杠6142使得托运件62沿第二导轨613向靠近第一连接板6111一侧滑动。在托运件62例如第一限位件634触发光传感器616时,托运件62到达预定位置。第二驱动件6141在控制电路板40收到光传感器616被触发的信号后停止运行。
可以在控制电路板40的控制下,滑动架61例如定位光发生器615发出光线,光线将透过定位孔576、517,传输到卡托65上。
若光线再次透过卡托65上的定位孔6522,会直接透过支撑座80例如定位孔814,传输到定位光接收器716。控制电路板40将确认检测卡在预定位置。
若光线无法透过卡托65上的定位孔6522。定位光接收器716无法接收到定位光发生器615发出的光线。控制电路板40将控制第三驱动件64,使第三驱动件64带动卡托65进行转动,使得卡托65上的定位孔6522与定位孔576相对设置,进而光线将透过定位孔576、517、6522,进而被定位光接收器716接收。进而进行下一步骤。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第一驱动件1212通过同步组件1213分别控制第一丝杠1221和第二丝杠1222转动,使得抵压盘50带动托运组件60在第一导轨1126上向远离顶板111一侧滑动。在托运件62例如卡托65快碰触到支撑座80例如支撑座主体81时。卡托65朝向支撑座主体81一侧的第一定位件656将伸入第二定位件813,由于第一定位件656的特殊结构,将使得第一定位件656轻松地置于第二定位件813内,实现了对检测卡93的定位。
在卡托65抵接支撑座80例如支撑座主体81时。检测卡93将位于支撑座80上。检测卡93例如安装部941将置于加样腔安装座833的加样腔安置槽8332中。检测卡93例如第一插接部945将置于光检测件821例如隔离槽8224中。检测卡93例如第二插接部946将置于光检测件821例如检测槽8223中。检测卡93例如第一限位部943将置于支撑座主体81例如延伸槽815中,并与装配台816抵接。检测卡93例如第二限位部944将置于支撑座主体81例如延伸槽815中,并与装配台816抵接。至此,完成了检测卡93在支撑座80上的放置。
在限位板5813触发第二限位开关16例如第一子限位开关162时,抵压盘50到达预定位置。第一驱动件1212在控制电路板40收到第一子限位开关162被触发的信号后停止运行。此时,抵压盘50例如加热组件54抵接检测卡93设置隔离腔9451、检测腔9461的部位,压紧件53例如让位部5312及子让位部5313对检测卡93的盖体96让位,以对盖体96进行卡固。同时由于锁紧件56受到挤压,松开对压紧件53的固定。
在控制电路板40的控制下,加样腔组件83例如加样腔安装座833内的发热器件及第二加热件542内的发热器件进行加热,以完成对检测卡93例如加样腔9411的加热。实现了对样本的加热预处理。
在有电磁件52存在的情况下,需要在控制电路板40的控制下,取消电磁作用力,使得压紧件53置于卡托65上方。具体地,压紧件53例如第一卡固部5314套在卡托65的第三卡固部6521上,实现了压紧件53与卡托65的固定,另外,再配合卡托65内部电磁铁、永磁铁等产生的作用力,使得卡托65与压紧件53抵接更紧密。在没有压紧件53的情况下,仅靠电磁件52进行压紧件53的固定。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第一驱动件1212通过同步组件1213分别控制第一丝杠1221和第二丝杠1222转动,使得抵压盘50带动托运组件60在第一导轨1126上向靠近顶板111一侧滑动。在限位板5813触发第二限位开关16例如第二子限位开关163时,抵压盘50到达预定位置。第一驱动件1212在控制电路板40收到第二子限位开关163被触发的信号后停止运行。
在控制电路板40的控制下,第三驱动件64开始转动,带动卡托65进行转动,实现对检测卡的第一次离心处理。待完成后,利用定位光发生器615和定位光接收器716的配合,实现对检测卡的再次定位。
在控制电路板40的控制下,再次将检测卡93输送至支撑座80例如支撑座主体81上。
在控制电路板40的控制下,对第一加热件541内的发热器件进行控制加热,对光检测件821内的发热器件进行控制加热。实现了对检测卡93的二次加热。
然后再次对检测卡93进行离心处理。
最后将检测卡93输送至支撑座80例如支撑座主体81上。
在控制电路板40的控制下,光发生器91发出激发光,在检测槽8223中对检测卡93的检测腔9461中的混合体进行激发。光接收组件92中的光传感器9213接收到荧光。由控制电路板40接收检测信号并进行处理形成诊断数据。
以上所述是本申请的优选实施例,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本申请原理的前提下,还可以作出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也视为本申请的保护范围。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,包括:
    抵压盘,设置有第一滑轨组件,以使所述抵压盘在所述第一滑轨组件的滑动方向上滑动;和
    托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
    滑动架,在所述滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述滑动架在所述抵接作用力的作用下与所述抵压盘一同在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
    卡托,与所述滑动架连接,所述卡托用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测卡在所述滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为在所述滑动架受力克服所述抵接作用力时向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述滑动方向为重力方向,所述抵接作用力包括所述滑动架的重力。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘与所述滑动架之间设置有弹性件,所述弹性件一端与所述滑动架连接,另一端与所述抵压盘连接,以在所述弹性件的弹性形变作用力下控制所述抵接作用力。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘包括:
    抵压盘主体,所述抵压盘主体在所述滑动方向上与所述滑动架之间具有所述抵接作用力,所述第一滑轨组件设置在所述抵压盘主体上。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一滑轨组件包括多个滑轨,所述多个滑轨围设在所述抵压盘主体的周围。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘还包括压紧件,所述压紧件用于在所述卡托安装所述检测卡时设置在所述卡托靠近所述检测卡的一侧,以与所述卡托夹设固定所述检测卡。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘主体包括:
    第一及第二壳体,连接固定,所述压紧件可拆卸安装在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘还包括:
    电磁件,设置在所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧,用于通电产生磁作用力,所述电磁件用于与所述压紧件磁作用力连接固定。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一壳体设置有豁口,所述第二壳体设置有豁口,所述第一壳体的豁口自所述第一壳体的边缘向内延伸设置,所述第二壳体的豁口自所述第二壳体的边缘向内延伸设置,所述第一壳体的豁口与所述第二壳体的豁口相连通,所述卡托与所述滑动架滑动连接,所述卡托配置为相对于所述滑动架滑动而在所述第一壳体的豁口及所述第二壳体的豁口内滑动。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述压紧件包括:
    第一及第二压紧件,间隔设置,所述第一及第二压紧件之间的间隙配置为在所述第一及第二压紧件安装在所述第一壳体上时与所述第一壳体的豁口相对设置,以使所述卡托相对于所述滑动架在所述第一及第二压紧件之间的间隙滑动。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,每一所述第一及第二压紧件包括:
    压紧件主体,设置有让位部,所述压紧件主体配置为在所述检测卡的加样腔位于所述让位部内与所述卡托夹设固定所述检测卡时。
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任一项所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘还包括第一加热件,用于与所述检测卡的加样腔抵接加热。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一壳体远离所述第二壳体的一侧设置有让位槽,所述压紧件配置为在与所述电磁件磁用力连接时置于所述让位槽内,所述电磁件及所述第一加热件设置在所述让位槽内。
  14. 根据权利要求7所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘还包括:
    第二加热件,所述第二加热件配置为在所述压紧件安装在所述第一壳体上时设置在所述压紧件的四周,用于与所述检测卡的检测腔抵接加热。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一壳体设置有贯穿所述第一壳体的多个卡接孔,所述多个卡接孔配置为在所述压紧件安装在所述第一壳体上时设置在所述压紧件的四周,每一所述多个卡接孔内安装一个所述第二加热件。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,每一所述多个卡接孔在远离所 述第二壳体的一侧的边缘设置凸沿,以与所述第二加热件卡接。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第二加热件与所述第二壳体之间设置有弹簧,以调节所述第二加热件与所述第二壳体之间的距离。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一壳体在朝向所述第二壳体的一侧设置容纳槽,所述多个卡接孔围设在所述容纳槽周围,所述抵压盘还包括电路板,所述电路板与所述第二加热件电连接,所述电路板位于所述容纳槽内。
  19. 根据权利要求7所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一壳体上设置有螺接部,以与丝杠螺纹连接。
  20. 根据权利要求6所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述卡托包括:
    卡托主体,用于在转轴周围围设多个所述检测卡,以绕所述转轴转动对所述检测卡进行离心处理,所述卡托主体设置第一卡固部,以与所述检测卡卡接,所述检测卡设置有加样腔及检测腔,所述卡托主体设置有容置孔,以使所述加样腔置于所述容置孔内配合加热;和
    多个凸筋,位于所述卡托主体设置所述检测卡的一侧,围设在所述转轴周围,所述多个凸筋用于在相邻两个凸筋之间放置一个所述检测卡,以使所述检测腔位于所述卡托主体在所述转轴径向方向的边缘外配合检测,所述压紧件配置为在与所述卡托夹设固定所述检测卡时与所述卡托主体相对设置且设置在所述多个凸筋远离所述卡托主体的一侧。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述多个凸筋在远离所述卡托主体一侧的表面配置为与放置在所述卡托主体上的所述检测卡的表面平齐。
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述多个凸筋上设置有第二卡固部,所述压紧件设置有第三卡固部,所述第二卡固部用于与所述第三卡固部卡接。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第二卡固部为凸柱,所述第三卡固部为连接孔,所述凸柱配置为置于所述连接孔内而与所述压紧件卡接。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述卡托主体与所述压紧件磁作用力连接。
  25. 根据权利要求20或21所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述抵压盘上设置有定位孔,所述卡托主体上设置有定位孔,所述抵压盘的定位孔及所述卡托主体的定位孔配置为重合以定位所述卡托主体绕所述转轴转动的位置。
  26. 根据权利要求1所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述托运组件还包括:
    滑动座,与所述滑动架滑动连接,所述卡托安装在所述滑动座上,所述滑动座上设置有第一驱动件,所述第一驱动件与所述卡托传动连接,以驱动所述卡托进行离心处理。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述滑动架包括:
    固定架;
    第二滑轨组件,设置在所述固定架上,以在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
    第一导轨,设置在所述固定架上,所述滑动座与所述第一导轨滑动连接,以在所述第一导轨的延伸方向上滑动。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述滑动架还包括:
    第一驱动装置,安装在所述固定架上,用于驱动所述滑动座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述第一驱动装置包括:
    第二驱动件,安装在所述固定架上,以及
    丝杠,与所述第二驱动件传动连接,与所述固定架转动连接,与所述滑动座螺纹连接,以推动所述滑动座在所述第一导轨上滑动。
  30. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,所述固定架设置有光传感器,所述滑动座设置有第一限位件,所述滑动座配置为可相对于所述固定架滑动至所述第一限位件触发所述光传感器的位置,所述第一驱动装置响应于所述光传感器被触发而停止驱动所述滑动座滑动。
  31. 一种用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座,其中,包括:
    抵压盘,设置有第一滑轨组件;和
    托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
    滑动架,设置有第二滑轨组件,所述第二滑轨组件的滑动方向与所述第一滑轨组件的滑动方向一致;以及
    卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,以滑动至安装所述检测卡的位置,所述检测卡在所述第二滑轨组件的滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
  32. 一种分子诊断设备,其中,包括:
    机架,呈框架结构;
    抵压盘,与所述机架滑动连接,以在滑动方向上相对于所述机架滑动;和
    托运组件,用于放置检测卡,所述托运组件包括:
    滑动架,与所述机架滑动连接,以在所述滑动方向上相对于所述机架滑动,所述滑动架在所述滑动方向上与所述抵压盘之间具有抵接作用力,以使所述滑动架在所述抵接作用力的作用下与所述抵压盘一同相对于所述机架在所述滑动方向上滑动;以及
    卡托,与所述滑动架滑动连接,所述卡托用于放置所述检测卡,以使所述检测卡在所述滑动方向上位于所述抵压盘远离所述滑动架的一侧,所述抵压盘配置为在所述滑动架受力克服所述抵接作用力时向所述检测卡一侧移动并可移动至与所述检测卡抵接的位置。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的分子诊断设备,其中,还包括:
    检测卡检测座,安装在所述机架上,用于对所述检测卡进行检测,所述滑动架配置为在所述滑动方向上相对于所述机架滑动至与所述检测卡检测座抵接的位置,以将所述检测卡置于所述检测卡检测座上,并克服所述抵接作用力。
PCT/CN2023/077944 2022-02-25 2023-02-23 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座 WO2023160625A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202220402035.8U CN217466948U (zh) 2022-02-25 2022-02-25 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座
CN202210177162.7 2022-02-25
CN202210177162.7A CN116699155A (zh) 2022-02-25 2022-02-25 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座
CN202220402035.8 2022-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023160625A1 true WO2023160625A1 (zh) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87764855

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/077944 WO2023160625A1 (zh) 2022-02-25 2023-02-23 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023160625A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117168652A (zh) * 2023-11-01 2023-12-05 山东合盛铜业有限公司 一种印制线路板铜箔电流温升检测设备

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000047977A1 (en) * 1999-02-11 2000-08-17 Careside, Inc. Cartridge-based analytical instrument
CN110161003A (zh) * 2019-05-17 2019-08-23 深圳市刚竹医疗科技有限公司 光学检测装置及实时荧光定量核酸扩增检测系统
CN111308105A (zh) * 2019-11-19 2020-06-19 长沙市鹏瑞生物科技有限公司 一种试剂卡检测仪
CN112538415A (zh) * 2020-12-23 2021-03-23 深圳市刚竹医疗科技有限公司 单盘式自动核酸分析装置
CN214584818U (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-11-02 广州万孚生物技术股份有限公司 一种微流控生化分析仪
WO2021258519A1 (zh) * 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 广州万孚生物技术股份有限公司 检测组件、检测分析仪及检测分析方法
CN217278418U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-08-23 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的离心组件
CN217466948U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-09-20 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000047977A1 (en) * 1999-02-11 2000-08-17 Careside, Inc. Cartridge-based analytical instrument
CN110161003A (zh) * 2019-05-17 2019-08-23 深圳市刚竹医疗科技有限公司 光学检测装置及实时荧光定量核酸扩增检测系统
CN111308105A (zh) * 2019-11-19 2020-06-19 长沙市鹏瑞生物科技有限公司 一种试剂卡检测仪
WO2021258519A1 (zh) * 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 广州万孚生物技术股份有限公司 检测组件、检测分析仪及检测分析方法
CN214584818U (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-11-02 广州万孚生物技术股份有限公司 一种微流控生化分析仪
CN112538415A (zh) * 2020-12-23 2021-03-23 深圳市刚竹医疗科技有限公司 单盘式自动核酸分析装置
CN217278418U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-08-23 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的离心组件
CN217466948U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-09-20 深圳市理邦精密仪器股份有限公司 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117168652A (zh) * 2023-11-01 2023-12-05 山东合盛铜业有限公司 一种印制线路板铜箔电流温升检测设备
CN117168652B (zh) * 2023-11-01 2024-01-05 山东合盛铜业有限公司 一种印制线路板铜箔电流温升检测设备

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9797916B2 (en) Chemical analyzer
WO2023160625A1 (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座
CA2451789C (en) Assay plates, reader systems and methods for luminescence test measurements
EP3198260B1 (en) Device for detecting and/or analyzing bio-chip
US5686046A (en) Luminometer
CN217278418U (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的离心组件
CN113376133A (zh) 一种核酸检测仪
JPWO2018207875A1 (ja) 核酸検出用カートリッジ
CN216696351U (zh) 微流控芯片检测仪
CN218766956U (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的机架
CN101384907A (zh) 反应仪器处理装置
CN107561298B (zh) 测定装置以及测定方法
CN217238109U (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡检测座
CN116699155A (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡输送座
WO2023160623A1 (zh) 控制方法、多通量离心平台及计算机可读存储介质
CN116699156A (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的离心组件
US20120164649A1 (en) System, devices and methods for monitoring and detection of chemical reactions
CN113322173A (zh) 一种核酸检测仪及其光学检测装置
WO2023160622A1 (zh) 基于分子诊断设备的控制方法及分子诊断设备
CN116699154A (zh) 分子诊断设备及用于分子诊断设备的检测卡检测座
CN219871011U (zh) 检测设备
CN217385223U (zh) 光学检测结构及分析装置
CN219871012U (zh) 用于医疗检测的卡托组件及检测设备
CN215828778U (zh) 一种核酸检测仪及其芯片安装组件
CN219871010U (zh) 检测设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23759247

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1